| File: | clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp |
| Warning: | line 1993, column 43 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
| 1 | //===--- SemaExprObjC.cpp - Semantic Analysis for ObjC Expressions --------===// | ||||||||
| 2 | // | ||||||||
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||||
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||||
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||||
| 6 | // | ||||||||
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
| 8 | // | ||||||||
| 9 | // This file implements semantic analysis for Objective-C expressions. | ||||||||
| 10 | // | ||||||||
| 11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
| 12 | |||||||||
| 13 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||||||
| 14 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||||||
| 15 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" | ||||||||
| 16 | #include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h" | ||||||||
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" | ||||||||
| 18 | #include "clang/Analysis/DomainSpecific/CocoaConventions.h" | ||||||||
| 19 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" | ||||||||
| 20 | #include "clang/Edit/Commit.h" | ||||||||
| 21 | #include "clang/Edit/Rewriters.h" | ||||||||
| 22 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | ||||||||
| 23 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | ||||||||
| 24 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||||||
| 25 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" | ||||||||
| 26 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" | ||||||||
| 27 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||||||
| 28 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | ||||||||
| 29 | #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h" | ||||||||
| 30 | |||||||||
| 31 | using namespace clang; | ||||||||
| 32 | using namespace sema; | ||||||||
| 33 | using llvm::makeArrayRef; | ||||||||
| 34 | |||||||||
| 35 | ExprResult Sema::ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, | ||||||||
| 36 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings) { | ||||||||
| 37 | // Most ObjC strings are formed out of a single piece. However, we *can* | ||||||||
| 38 | // have strings formed out of multiple @ strings with multiple pptokens in | ||||||||
| 39 | // each one, e.g. @"foo" "bar" @"baz" "qux" which need to be turned into one | ||||||||
| 40 | // StringLiteral for ObjCStringLiteral to hold onto. | ||||||||
| 41 | StringLiteral *S = cast<StringLiteral>(Strings[0]); | ||||||||
| 42 | |||||||||
| 43 | // If we have a multi-part string, merge it all together. | ||||||||
| 44 | if (Strings.size() != 1) { | ||||||||
| 45 | // Concatenate objc strings. | ||||||||
| 46 | SmallString<128> StrBuf; | ||||||||
| 47 | SmallVector<SourceLocation, 8> StrLocs; | ||||||||
| 48 | |||||||||
| 49 | for (Expr *E : Strings) { | ||||||||
| 50 | S = cast<StringLiteral>(E); | ||||||||
| 51 | |||||||||
| 52 | // ObjC strings can't be wide or UTF. | ||||||||
| 53 | if (!S->isAscii()) { | ||||||||
| 54 | Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant) | ||||||||
| 55 | << S->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 56 | return true; | ||||||||
| 57 | } | ||||||||
| 58 | |||||||||
| 59 | // Append the string. | ||||||||
| 60 | StrBuf += S->getString(); | ||||||||
| 61 | |||||||||
| 62 | // Get the locations of the string tokens. | ||||||||
| 63 | StrLocs.append(S->tokloc_begin(), S->tokloc_end()); | ||||||||
| 64 | } | ||||||||
| 65 | |||||||||
| 66 | // Create the aggregate string with the appropriate content and location | ||||||||
| 67 | // information. | ||||||||
| 68 | const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(S->getType()); | ||||||||
| 69 | assert(CAT && "String literal not of constant array type!")((CAT && "String literal not of constant array type!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CAT && \"String literal not of constant array type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 69, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 70 | QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType( | ||||||||
| 71 | CAT->getElementType(), llvm::APInt(32, StrBuf.size() + 1), nullptr, | ||||||||
| 72 | CAT->getSizeModifier(), CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); | ||||||||
| 73 | S = StringLiteral::Create(Context, StrBuf, StringLiteral::Ascii, | ||||||||
| 74 | /*Pascal=*/false, StrTy, &StrLocs[0], | ||||||||
| 75 | StrLocs.size()); | ||||||||
| 76 | } | ||||||||
| 77 | |||||||||
| 78 | return BuildObjCStringLiteral(AtLocs[0], S); | ||||||||
| 79 | } | ||||||||
| 80 | |||||||||
| 81 | ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S){ | ||||||||
| 82 | // Verify that this composite string is acceptable for ObjC strings. | ||||||||
| 83 | if (CheckObjCString(S)) | ||||||||
| 84 | return true; | ||||||||
| 85 | |||||||||
| 86 | // Initialize the constant string interface lazily. This assumes | ||||||||
| 87 | // the NSString interface is seen in this translation unit. Note: We | ||||||||
| 88 | // don't use NSConstantString, since the runtime team considers this | ||||||||
| 89 | // interface private (even though it appears in the header files). | ||||||||
| 90 | QualType Ty = Context.getObjCConstantStringInterface(); | ||||||||
| 91 | if (!Ty.isNull()) { | ||||||||
| 92 | Ty = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Ty); | ||||||||
| 93 | } else if (getLangOpts().NoConstantCFStrings) { | ||||||||
| 94 | IdentifierInfo *NSIdent=nullptr; | ||||||||
| 95 | std::string StringClass(getLangOpts().ObjCConstantStringClass); | ||||||||
| 96 | |||||||||
| 97 | if (StringClass.empty()) | ||||||||
| 98 | NSIdent = &Context.Idents.get("NSConstantString"); | ||||||||
| 99 | else | ||||||||
| 100 | NSIdent = &Context.Idents.get(StringClass); | ||||||||
| 101 | |||||||||
| 102 | NamedDecl *IF = LookupSingleName(TUScope, NSIdent, AtLoc, | ||||||||
| 103 | LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
| 104 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *StrIF = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IF)) { | ||||||||
| 105 | Context.setObjCConstantStringInterface(StrIF); | ||||||||
| 106 | Ty = Context.getObjCConstantStringInterface(); | ||||||||
| 107 | Ty = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Ty); | ||||||||
| 108 | } else { | ||||||||
| 109 | // If there is no NSConstantString interface defined then treat this | ||||||||
| 110 | // as error and recover from it. | ||||||||
| 111 | Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_no_nsconstant_string_class) | ||||||||
| 112 | << NSIdent << S->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 113 | Ty = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||||
| 114 | } | ||||||||
| 115 | } else { | ||||||||
| 116 | IdentifierInfo *NSIdent = NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSString); | ||||||||
| 117 | NamedDecl *IF = LookupSingleName(TUScope, NSIdent, AtLoc, | ||||||||
| 118 | LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
| 119 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *StrIF = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IF)) { | ||||||||
| 120 | Context.setObjCConstantStringInterface(StrIF); | ||||||||
| 121 | Ty = Context.getObjCConstantStringInterface(); | ||||||||
| 122 | Ty = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Ty); | ||||||||
| 123 | } else { | ||||||||
| 124 | // If there is no NSString interface defined, implicitly declare | ||||||||
| 125 | // a @class NSString; and use that instead. This is to make sure | ||||||||
| 126 | // type of an NSString literal is represented correctly, instead of | ||||||||
| 127 | // being an 'id' type. | ||||||||
| 128 | Ty = Context.getObjCNSStringType(); | ||||||||
| 129 | if (Ty.isNull()) { | ||||||||
| 130 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringIDecl = | ||||||||
| 131 | ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create (Context, | ||||||||
| 132 | Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), | ||||||||
| 133 | SourceLocation(), NSIdent, | ||||||||
| 134 | nullptr, nullptr, SourceLocation()); | ||||||||
| 135 | Ty = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(NSStringIDecl); | ||||||||
| 136 | Context.setObjCNSStringType(Ty); | ||||||||
| 137 | } | ||||||||
| 138 | Ty = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Ty); | ||||||||
| 139 | } | ||||||||
| 140 | } | ||||||||
| 141 | |||||||||
| 142 | return new (Context) ObjCStringLiteral(S, Ty, AtLoc); | ||||||||
| 143 | } | ||||||||
| 144 | |||||||||
| 145 | /// Emits an error if the given method does not exist, or if the return | ||||||||
| 146 | /// type is not an Objective-C object. | ||||||||
| 147 | static bool validateBoxingMethod(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 148 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, | ||||||||
| 149 | Selector Sel, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||||||
| 150 | if (!Method) { | ||||||||
| 151 | // FIXME: Is there a better way to avoid quotes than using getName()? | ||||||||
| 152 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_boxing_method) << Sel << Class->getName(); | ||||||||
| 153 | return false; | ||||||||
| 154 | } | ||||||||
| 155 | |||||||||
| 156 | // Make sure the return type is reasonable. | ||||||||
| 157 | QualType ReturnType = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
| 158 | if (!ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 159 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_literal_method_sig) | ||||||||
| 160 | << Sel; | ||||||||
| 161 | S.Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_objc_literal_method_return) | ||||||||
| 162 | << ReturnType; | ||||||||
| 163 | return false; | ||||||||
| 164 | } | ||||||||
| 165 | |||||||||
| 166 | return true; | ||||||||
| 167 | } | ||||||||
| 168 | |||||||||
| 169 | /// Maps ObjCLiteralKind to NSClassIdKindKind | ||||||||
| 170 | static NSAPI::NSClassIdKindKind ClassKindFromLiteralKind( | ||||||||
| 171 | Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind) { | ||||||||
| 172 | switch (LiteralKind) { | ||||||||
| 173 | case Sema::LK_Array: | ||||||||
| 174 | return NSAPI::ClassId_NSArray; | ||||||||
| 175 | case Sema::LK_Dictionary: | ||||||||
| 176 | return NSAPI::ClassId_NSDictionary; | ||||||||
| 177 | case Sema::LK_Numeric: | ||||||||
| 178 | return NSAPI::ClassId_NSNumber; | ||||||||
| 179 | case Sema::LK_String: | ||||||||
| 180 | return NSAPI::ClassId_NSString; | ||||||||
| 181 | case Sema::LK_Boxed: | ||||||||
| 182 | return NSAPI::ClassId_NSValue; | ||||||||
| 183 | |||||||||
| 184 | // there is no corresponding matching | ||||||||
| 185 | // between LK_None/LK_Block and NSClassIdKindKind | ||||||||
| 186 | case Sema::LK_Block: | ||||||||
| 187 | case Sema::LK_None: | ||||||||
| 188 | break; | ||||||||
| 189 | } | ||||||||
| 190 | llvm_unreachable("LiteralKind can't be converted into a ClassKind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("LiteralKind can't be converted into a ClassKind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 190); | ||||||||
| 191 | } | ||||||||
| 192 | |||||||||
| 193 | /// Validates ObjCInterfaceDecl availability. | ||||||||
| 194 | /// ObjCInterfaceDecl, used to create ObjC literals, should be defined | ||||||||
| 195 | /// if clang not in a debugger mode. | ||||||||
| 196 | static bool ValidateObjCLiteralInterfaceDecl(Sema &S, ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, | ||||||||
| 197 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 198 | Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind) { | ||||||||
| 199 | if (!Decl) { | ||||||||
| 200 | NSAPI::NSClassIdKindKind Kind = ClassKindFromLiteralKind(LiteralKind); | ||||||||
| 201 | IdentifierInfo *II = S.NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(Kind); | ||||||||
| 202 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_objc_literal_class) | ||||||||
| 203 | << II->getName() << LiteralKind; | ||||||||
| 204 | return false; | ||||||||
| 205 | } else if (!Decl->hasDefinition() && !S.getLangOpts().DebuggerObjCLiteral) { | ||||||||
| 206 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_objc_literal_class) | ||||||||
| 207 | << Decl->getName() << LiteralKind; | ||||||||
| 208 | S.Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_forward_class); | ||||||||
| 209 | return false; | ||||||||
| 210 | } | ||||||||
| 211 | |||||||||
| 212 | return true; | ||||||||
| 213 | } | ||||||||
| 214 | |||||||||
| 215 | /// Looks up ObjCInterfaceDecl of a given NSClassIdKindKind. | ||||||||
| 216 | /// Used to create ObjC literals, such as NSDictionary (@{}), | ||||||||
| 217 | /// NSArray (@[]) and Boxed Expressions (@()) | ||||||||
| 218 | static ObjCInterfaceDecl *LookupObjCInterfaceDeclForLiteral(Sema &S, | ||||||||
| 219 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 220 | Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind) { | ||||||||
| 221 | NSAPI::NSClassIdKindKind ClassKind = ClassKindFromLiteralKind(LiteralKind); | ||||||||
| 222 | IdentifierInfo *II = S.NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(ClassKind); | ||||||||
| 223 | NamedDecl *IF = S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope, II, Loc, | ||||||||
| 224 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
| 225 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IF); | ||||||||
| 226 | if (!ID && S.getLangOpts().DebuggerObjCLiteral) { | ||||||||
| 227 | ASTContext &Context = S.Context; | ||||||||
| 228 | TranslationUnitDecl *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||||||
| 229 | ID = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create (Context, TU, SourceLocation(), II, | ||||||||
| 230 | nullptr, nullptr, SourceLocation()); | ||||||||
| 231 | } | ||||||||
| 232 | |||||||||
| 233 | if (!ValidateObjCLiteralInterfaceDecl(S, ID, Loc, LiteralKind)) { | ||||||||
| 234 | ID = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 235 | } | ||||||||
| 236 | |||||||||
| 237 | return ID; | ||||||||
| 238 | } | ||||||||
| 239 | |||||||||
| 240 | /// Retrieve the NSNumber factory method that should be used to create | ||||||||
| 241 | /// an Objective-C literal for the given type. | ||||||||
| 242 | static ObjCMethodDecl *getNSNumberFactoryMethod(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 243 | QualType NumberType, | ||||||||
| 244 | bool isLiteral = false, | ||||||||
| 245 | SourceRange R = SourceRange()) { | ||||||||
| 246 | Optional<NSAPI::NSNumberLiteralMethodKind> Kind = | ||||||||
| 247 | S.NSAPIObj->getNSNumberFactoryMethodKind(NumberType); | ||||||||
| 248 | |||||||||
| 249 | if (!Kind) { | ||||||||
| 250 | if (isLiteral) { | ||||||||
| 251 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_nsnumber_type) | ||||||||
| 252 | << NumberType << R; | ||||||||
| 253 | } | ||||||||
| 254 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 255 | } | ||||||||
| 256 | |||||||||
| 257 | // If we already looked up this method, we're done. | ||||||||
| 258 | if (S.NSNumberLiteralMethods[*Kind]) | ||||||||
| 259 | return S.NSNumberLiteralMethods[*Kind]; | ||||||||
| 260 | |||||||||
| 261 | Selector Sel = S.NSAPIObj->getNSNumberLiteralSelector(*Kind, | ||||||||
| 262 | /*Instance=*/false); | ||||||||
| 263 | |||||||||
| 264 | ASTContext &CX = S.Context; | ||||||||
| 265 | |||||||||
| 266 | // Look up the NSNumber class, if we haven't done so already. It's cached | ||||||||
| 267 | // in the Sema instance. | ||||||||
| 268 | if (!S.NSNumberDecl) { | ||||||||
| 269 | S.NSNumberDecl = LookupObjCInterfaceDeclForLiteral(S, Loc, | ||||||||
| 270 | Sema::LK_Numeric); | ||||||||
| 271 | if (!S.NSNumberDecl) { | ||||||||
| 272 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 273 | } | ||||||||
| 274 | } | ||||||||
| 275 | |||||||||
| 276 | if (S.NSNumberPointer.isNull()) { | ||||||||
| 277 | // generate the pointer to NSNumber type. | ||||||||
| 278 | QualType NSNumberObject = CX.getObjCInterfaceType(S.NSNumberDecl); | ||||||||
| 279 | S.NSNumberPointer = CX.getObjCObjectPointerType(NSNumberObject); | ||||||||
| 280 | } | ||||||||
| 281 | |||||||||
| 282 | // Look for the appropriate method within NSNumber. | ||||||||
| 283 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = S.NSNumberDecl->lookupClassMethod(Sel); | ||||||||
| 284 | if (!Method && S.getLangOpts().DebuggerObjCLiteral) { | ||||||||
| 285 | // create a stub definition this NSNumber factory method. | ||||||||
| 286 | TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 287 | Method = | ||||||||
| 288 | ObjCMethodDecl::Create(CX, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Sel, | ||||||||
| 289 | S.NSNumberPointer, ReturnTInfo, S.NSNumberDecl, | ||||||||
| 290 | /*isInstance=*/false, /*isVariadic=*/false, | ||||||||
| 291 | /*isPropertyAccessor=*/false, | ||||||||
| 292 | /*isSynthesizedAccessorStub=*/false, | ||||||||
| 293 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true, | ||||||||
| 294 | /*isDefined=*/false, ObjCMethodDecl::Required, | ||||||||
| 295 | /*HasRelatedResultType=*/false); | ||||||||
| 296 | ParmVarDecl *value = ParmVarDecl::Create(S.Context, Method, | ||||||||
| 297 | SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 298 | &CX.Idents.get("value"), | ||||||||
| 299 | NumberType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
| 300 | SC_None, nullptr); | ||||||||
| 301 | Method->setMethodParams(S.Context, value, None); | ||||||||
| 302 | } | ||||||||
| 303 | |||||||||
| 304 | if (!validateBoxingMethod(S, Loc, S.NSNumberDecl, Sel, Method)) | ||||||||
| 305 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 306 | |||||||||
| 307 | // Note: if the parameter type is out-of-line, we'll catch it later in the | ||||||||
| 308 | // implicit conversion. | ||||||||
| 309 | |||||||||
| 310 | S.NSNumberLiteralMethods[*Kind] = Method; | ||||||||
| 311 | return Method; | ||||||||
| 312 | } | ||||||||
| 313 | |||||||||
| 314 | /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the | ||||||||
| 315 | /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *". | ||||||||
| 316 | ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number) { | ||||||||
| 317 | // Determine the type of the literal. | ||||||||
| 318 | QualType NumberType = Number->getType(); | ||||||||
| 319 | if (CharacterLiteral *Char = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(Number)) { | ||||||||
| 320 | // In C, character literals have type 'int'. That's not the type we want | ||||||||
| 321 | // to use to determine the Objective-c literal kind. | ||||||||
| 322 | switch (Char->getKind()) { | ||||||||
| 323 | case CharacterLiteral::Ascii: | ||||||||
| 324 | case CharacterLiteral::UTF8: | ||||||||
| 325 | NumberType = Context.CharTy; | ||||||||
| 326 | break; | ||||||||
| 327 | |||||||||
| 328 | case CharacterLiteral::Wide: | ||||||||
| 329 | NumberType = Context.getWideCharType(); | ||||||||
| 330 | break; | ||||||||
| 331 | |||||||||
| 332 | case CharacterLiteral::UTF16: | ||||||||
| 333 | NumberType = Context.Char16Ty; | ||||||||
| 334 | break; | ||||||||
| 335 | |||||||||
| 336 | case CharacterLiteral::UTF32: | ||||||||
| 337 | NumberType = Context.Char32Ty; | ||||||||
| 338 | break; | ||||||||
| 339 | } | ||||||||
| 340 | } | ||||||||
| 341 | |||||||||
| 342 | // Look for the appropriate method within NSNumber. | ||||||||
| 343 | // Construct the literal. | ||||||||
| 344 | SourceRange NR(Number->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
| 345 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = getNSNumberFactoryMethod(*this, AtLoc, NumberType, | ||||||||
| 346 | true, NR); | ||||||||
| 347 | if (!Method) | ||||||||
| 348 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 349 | |||||||||
| 350 | // Convert the number to the type that the parameter expects. | ||||||||
| 351 | ParmVarDecl *ParamDecl = Method->parameters()[0]; | ||||||||
| 352 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, | ||||||||
| 353 | ParamDecl); | ||||||||
| 354 | ExprResult ConvertedNumber = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, | ||||||||
| 355 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 356 | Number); | ||||||||
| 357 | if (ConvertedNumber.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 358 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 359 | Number = ConvertedNumber.get(); | ||||||||
| 360 | |||||||||
| 361 | // Use the effective source range of the literal, including the leading '@'. | ||||||||
| 362 | return MaybeBindToTemporary( | ||||||||
| 363 | new (Context) ObjCBoxedExpr(Number, NSNumberPointer, Method, | ||||||||
| 364 | SourceRange(AtLoc, NR.getEnd()))); | ||||||||
| 365 | } | ||||||||
| 366 | |||||||||
| 367 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, | ||||||||
| 368 | SourceLocation ValueLoc, | ||||||||
| 369 | bool Value) { | ||||||||
| 370 | ExprResult Inner; | ||||||||
| 371 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
| 372 | Inner = ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(ValueLoc, Value? tok::kw_true : tok::kw_false); | ||||||||
| 373 | } else { | ||||||||
| 374 | // C doesn't actually have a way to represent literal values of type | ||||||||
| 375 | // _Bool. So, we'll use 0/1 and implicit cast to _Bool. | ||||||||
| 376 | Inner = ActOnIntegerConstant(ValueLoc, Value? 1 : 0); | ||||||||
| 377 | Inner = ImpCastExprToType(Inner.get(), Context.BoolTy, | ||||||||
| 378 | CK_IntegralToBoolean); | ||||||||
| 379 | } | ||||||||
| 380 | |||||||||
| 381 | return BuildObjCNumericLiteral(AtLoc, Inner.get()); | ||||||||
| 382 | } | ||||||||
| 383 | |||||||||
| 384 | /// Check that the given expression is a valid element of an Objective-C | ||||||||
| 385 | /// collection literal. | ||||||||
| 386 | static ExprResult CheckObjCCollectionLiteralElement(Sema &S, Expr *Element, | ||||||||
| 387 | QualType T, | ||||||||
| 388 | bool ArrayLiteral = false) { | ||||||||
| 389 | // If the expression is type-dependent, there's nothing for us to do. | ||||||||
| 390 | if (Element->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
| 391 | return Element; | ||||||||
| 392 | |||||||||
| 393 | ExprResult Result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Element); | ||||||||
| 394 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 395 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 396 | Element = Result.get(); | ||||||||
| 397 | |||||||||
| 398 | // In C++, check for an implicit conversion to an Objective-C object pointer | ||||||||
| 399 | // type. | ||||||||
| 400 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Element->getType()->isRecordType()) { | ||||||||
| 401 | InitializedEntity Entity | ||||||||
| 402 | = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, T, | ||||||||
| 403 | /*Consumed=*/false); | ||||||||
| 404 | InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy( | ||||||||
| 405 | Element->getBeginLoc(), SourceLocation()); | ||||||||
| 406 | InitializationSequence Seq(S, Entity, Kind, Element); | ||||||||
| 407 | if (!Seq.Failed()) | ||||||||
| 408 | return Seq.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, Element); | ||||||||
| 409 | } | ||||||||
| 410 | |||||||||
| 411 | Expr *OrigElement = Element; | ||||||||
| 412 | |||||||||
| 413 | // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. | ||||||||
| 414 | Result = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(Element); | ||||||||
| 415 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 416 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 417 | Element = Result.get(); | ||||||||
| 418 | |||||||||
| 419 | // Make sure that we have an Objective-C pointer type or block. | ||||||||
| 420 | if (!Element->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||||||
| 421 | !Element->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 422 | bool Recovered = false; | ||||||||
| 423 | |||||||||
| 424 | // If this is potentially an Objective-C numeric literal, add the '@'. | ||||||||
| 425 | if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(OrigElement) || | ||||||||
| 426 | isa<CharacterLiteral>(OrigElement) || | ||||||||
| 427 | isa<FloatingLiteral>(OrigElement) || | ||||||||
| 428 | isa<ObjCBoolLiteralExpr>(OrigElement) || | ||||||||
| 429 | isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(OrigElement)) { | ||||||||
| 430 | if (S.NSAPIObj->getNSNumberFactoryMethodKind(OrigElement->getType())) { | ||||||||
| 431 | int Which = isa<CharacterLiteral>(OrigElement) ? 1 | ||||||||
| 432 | : (isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(OrigElement) || | ||||||||
| 433 | isa<ObjCBoolLiteralExpr>(OrigElement)) ? 2 | ||||||||
| 434 | : 3; | ||||||||
| 435 | |||||||||
| 436 | S.Diag(OrigElement->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_box_literal_collection) | ||||||||
| 437 | << Which << OrigElement->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
| 438 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OrigElement->getBeginLoc(), "@"); | ||||||||
| 439 | |||||||||
| 440 | Result = | ||||||||
| 441 | S.BuildObjCNumericLiteral(OrigElement->getBeginLoc(), OrigElement); | ||||||||
| 442 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 443 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 444 | |||||||||
| 445 | Element = Result.get(); | ||||||||
| 446 | Recovered = true; | ||||||||
| 447 | } | ||||||||
| 448 | } | ||||||||
| 449 | // If this is potentially an Objective-C string literal, add the '@'. | ||||||||
| 450 | else if (StringLiteral *String = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(OrigElement)) { | ||||||||
| 451 | if (String->isAscii()) { | ||||||||
| 452 | S.Diag(OrigElement->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_box_literal_collection) | ||||||||
| 453 | << 0 << OrigElement->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
| 454 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OrigElement->getBeginLoc(), "@"); | ||||||||
| 455 | |||||||||
| 456 | Result = S.BuildObjCStringLiteral(OrigElement->getBeginLoc(), String); | ||||||||
| 457 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 458 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 459 | |||||||||
| 460 | Element = Result.get(); | ||||||||
| 461 | Recovered = true; | ||||||||
| 462 | } | ||||||||
| 463 | } | ||||||||
| 464 | |||||||||
| 465 | if (!Recovered) { | ||||||||
| 466 | S.Diag(Element->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_invalid_collection_element) | ||||||||
| 467 | << Element->getType(); | ||||||||
| 468 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 469 | } | ||||||||
| 470 | } | ||||||||
| 471 | if (ArrayLiteral) | ||||||||
| 472 | if (ObjCStringLiteral *getString = | ||||||||
| 473 | dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigElement)) { | ||||||||
| 474 | if (StringLiteral *SL = getString->getString()) { | ||||||||
| 475 | unsigned numConcat = SL->getNumConcatenated(); | ||||||||
| 476 | if (numConcat > 1) { | ||||||||
| 477 | // Only warn if the concatenated string doesn't come from a macro. | ||||||||
| 478 | bool hasMacro = false; | ||||||||
| 479 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < numConcat ; ++i) | ||||||||
| 480 | if (SL->getStrTokenLoc(i).isMacroID()) { | ||||||||
| 481 | hasMacro = true; | ||||||||
| 482 | break; | ||||||||
| 483 | } | ||||||||
| 484 | if (!hasMacro) | ||||||||
| 485 | S.Diag(Element->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 486 | diag::warn_concatenated_nsarray_literal) | ||||||||
| 487 | << Element->getType(); | ||||||||
| 488 | } | ||||||||
| 489 | } | ||||||||
| 490 | } | ||||||||
| 491 | |||||||||
| 492 | // Make sure that the element has the type that the container factory | ||||||||
| 493 | // function expects. | ||||||||
| 494 | return S.PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||||
| 495 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, T, | ||||||||
| 496 | /*Consumed=*/false), | ||||||||
| 497 | Element->getBeginLoc(), Element); | ||||||||
| 498 | } | ||||||||
| 499 | |||||||||
| 500 | ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr) { | ||||||||
| 501 | if (ValueExpr->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
| 502 | ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = | ||||||||
| 503 | new (Context) ObjCBoxedExpr(ValueExpr, Context.DependentTy, nullptr, SR); | ||||||||
| 504 | return BoxedExpr; | ||||||||
| 505 | } | ||||||||
| 506 | ObjCMethodDecl *BoxingMethod = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 507 | QualType BoxedType; | ||||||||
| 508 | // Convert the expression to an RValue, so we can check for pointer types... | ||||||||
| 509 | ExprResult RValue = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ValueExpr); | ||||||||
| 510 | if (RValue.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
| 511 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 512 | } | ||||||||
| 513 | SourceLocation Loc = SR.getBegin(); | ||||||||
| 514 | ValueExpr = RValue.get(); | ||||||||
| 515 | QualType ValueType(ValueExpr->getType()); | ||||||||
| 516 | if (const PointerType *PT = ValueType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
| 517 | QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 518 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PointeeType, Context.CharTy)) { | ||||||||
| 519 | |||||||||
| 520 | if (!NSStringDecl) { | ||||||||
| 521 | NSStringDecl = LookupObjCInterfaceDeclForLiteral(*this, Loc, | ||||||||
| 522 | Sema::LK_String); | ||||||||
| 523 | if (!NSStringDecl) { | ||||||||
| 524 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 525 | } | ||||||||
| 526 | QualType NSStringObject = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(NSStringDecl); | ||||||||
| 527 | NSStringPointer = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(NSStringObject); | ||||||||
| 528 | } | ||||||||
| 529 | |||||||||
| 530 | // The boxed expression can be emitted as a compile time constant if it is | ||||||||
| 531 | // a string literal whose character encoding is compatible with UTF-8. | ||||||||
| 532 | if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ValueExpr)) | ||||||||
| 533 | if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ArrayToPointerDecay) | ||||||||
| 534 | if (auto *SL = | ||||||||
| 535 | dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(CE->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||||||
| 536 | assert((SL->isAscii() || SL->isUTF8()) &&(((SL->isAscii() || SL->isUTF8()) && "unexpected character encoding" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(SL->isAscii() || SL->isUTF8()) && \"unexpected character encoding\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 537, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 537 | "unexpected character encoding")(((SL->isAscii() || SL->isUTF8()) && "unexpected character encoding" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(SL->isAscii() || SL->isUTF8()) && \"unexpected character encoding\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 537, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 538 | StringRef Str = SL->getString(); | ||||||||
| 539 | const llvm::UTF8 *StrBegin = Str.bytes_begin(); | ||||||||
| 540 | const llvm::UTF8 *StrEnd = Str.bytes_end(); | ||||||||
| 541 | // Check that this is a valid UTF-8 string. | ||||||||
| 542 | if (llvm::isLegalUTF8String(&StrBegin, StrEnd)) { | ||||||||
| 543 | BoxedType = Context.getAttributedType( | ||||||||
| 544 | AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind( | ||||||||
| 545 | NullabilityKind::NonNull), | ||||||||
| 546 | NSStringPointer, NSStringPointer); | ||||||||
| 547 | return new (Context) ObjCBoxedExpr(CE, BoxedType, nullptr, SR); | ||||||||
| 548 | } | ||||||||
| 549 | |||||||||
| 550 | Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_objc_boxing_invalid_utf8_string) | ||||||||
| 551 | << NSStringPointer << SL->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 552 | } | ||||||||
| 553 | |||||||||
| 554 | if (!StringWithUTF8StringMethod) { | ||||||||
| 555 | IdentifierInfo *II = &Context.Idents.get("stringWithUTF8String"); | ||||||||
| 556 | Selector stringWithUTF8String = Context.Selectors.getUnarySelector(II); | ||||||||
| 557 | |||||||||
| 558 | // Look for the appropriate method within NSString. | ||||||||
| 559 | BoxingMethod = NSStringDecl->lookupClassMethod(stringWithUTF8String); | ||||||||
| 560 | if (!BoxingMethod && getLangOpts().DebuggerObjCLiteral) { | ||||||||
| 561 | // Debugger needs to work even if NSString hasn't been defined. | ||||||||
| 562 | TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 563 | ObjCMethodDecl *M = ObjCMethodDecl::Create( | ||||||||
| 564 | Context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), stringWithUTF8String, | ||||||||
| 565 | NSStringPointer, ReturnTInfo, NSStringDecl, | ||||||||
| 566 | /*isInstance=*/false, /*isVariadic=*/false, | ||||||||
| 567 | /*isPropertyAccessor=*/false, | ||||||||
| 568 | /*isSynthesizedAccessorStub=*/false, | ||||||||
| 569 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true, | ||||||||
| 570 | /*isDefined=*/false, ObjCMethodDecl::Required, | ||||||||
| 571 | /*HasRelatedResultType=*/false); | ||||||||
| 572 | QualType ConstCharType = Context.CharTy.withConst(); | ||||||||
| 573 | ParmVarDecl *value = | ||||||||
| 574 | ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, M, | ||||||||
| 575 | SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 576 | &Context.Idents.get("value"), | ||||||||
| 577 | Context.getPointerType(ConstCharType), | ||||||||
| 578 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
| 579 | SC_None, nullptr); | ||||||||
| 580 | M->setMethodParams(Context, value, None); | ||||||||
| 581 | BoxingMethod = M; | ||||||||
| 582 | } | ||||||||
| 583 | |||||||||
| 584 | if (!validateBoxingMethod(*this, Loc, NSStringDecl, | ||||||||
| 585 | stringWithUTF8String, BoxingMethod)) | ||||||||
| 586 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 587 | |||||||||
| 588 | StringWithUTF8StringMethod = BoxingMethod; | ||||||||
| 589 | } | ||||||||
| 590 | |||||||||
| 591 | BoxingMethod = StringWithUTF8StringMethod; | ||||||||
| 592 | BoxedType = NSStringPointer; | ||||||||
| 593 | // Transfer the nullability from method's return type. | ||||||||
| 594 | Optional<NullabilityKind> Nullability = | ||||||||
| 595 | BoxingMethod->getReturnType()->getNullability(Context); | ||||||||
| 596 | if (Nullability) | ||||||||
| 597 | BoxedType = Context.getAttributedType( | ||||||||
| 598 | AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Nullability), BoxedType, | ||||||||
| 599 | BoxedType); | ||||||||
| 600 | } | ||||||||
| 601 | } else if (ValueType->isBuiltinType()) { | ||||||||
| 602 | // The other types we support are numeric, char and BOOL/bool. We could also | ||||||||
| 603 | // provide limited support for structure types, such as NSRange, NSRect, and | ||||||||
| 604 | // NSSize. See NSValue (NSValueGeometryExtensions) in <Foundation/NSGeometry.h> | ||||||||
| 605 | // for more details. | ||||||||
| 606 | |||||||||
| 607 | // Check for a top-level character literal. | ||||||||
| 608 | if (const CharacterLiteral *Char = | ||||||||
| 609 | dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(ValueExpr->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||||||
| 610 | // In C, character literals have type 'int'. That's not the type we want | ||||||||
| 611 | // to use to determine the Objective-c literal kind. | ||||||||
| 612 | switch (Char->getKind()) { | ||||||||
| 613 | case CharacterLiteral::Ascii: | ||||||||
| 614 | case CharacterLiteral::UTF8: | ||||||||
| 615 | ValueType = Context.CharTy; | ||||||||
| 616 | break; | ||||||||
| 617 | |||||||||
| 618 | case CharacterLiteral::Wide: | ||||||||
| 619 | ValueType = Context.getWideCharType(); | ||||||||
| 620 | break; | ||||||||
| 621 | |||||||||
| 622 | case CharacterLiteral::UTF16: | ||||||||
| 623 | ValueType = Context.Char16Ty; | ||||||||
| 624 | break; | ||||||||
| 625 | |||||||||
| 626 | case CharacterLiteral::UTF32: | ||||||||
| 627 | ValueType = Context.Char32Ty; | ||||||||
| 628 | break; | ||||||||
| 629 | } | ||||||||
| 630 | } | ||||||||
| 631 | // FIXME: Do I need to do anything special with BoolTy expressions? | ||||||||
| 632 | |||||||||
| 633 | // Look for the appropriate method within NSNumber. | ||||||||
| 634 | BoxingMethod = getNSNumberFactoryMethod(*this, Loc, ValueType); | ||||||||
| 635 | BoxedType = NSNumberPointer; | ||||||||
| 636 | } else if (const EnumType *ET = ValueType->getAs<EnumType>()) { | ||||||||
| 637 | if (!ET->getDecl()->isComplete()) { | ||||||||
| 638 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_incomplete_boxed_expression_type) | ||||||||
| 639 | << ValueType << ValueExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 640 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 641 | } | ||||||||
| 642 | |||||||||
| 643 | BoxingMethod = getNSNumberFactoryMethod(*this, Loc, | ||||||||
| 644 | ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); | ||||||||
| 645 | BoxedType = NSNumberPointer; | ||||||||
| 646 | } else if (ValueType->isObjCBoxableRecordType()) { | ||||||||
| 647 | // Support for structure types, that marked as objc_boxable | ||||||||
| 648 | // struct __attribute__((objc_boxable)) s { ... }; | ||||||||
| 649 | |||||||||
| 650 | // Look up the NSValue class, if we haven't done so already. It's cached | ||||||||
| 651 | // in the Sema instance. | ||||||||
| 652 | if (!NSValueDecl) { | ||||||||
| 653 | NSValueDecl = LookupObjCInterfaceDeclForLiteral(*this, Loc, | ||||||||
| 654 | Sema::LK_Boxed); | ||||||||
| 655 | if (!NSValueDecl) { | ||||||||
| 656 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 657 | } | ||||||||
| 658 | |||||||||
| 659 | // generate the pointer to NSValue type. | ||||||||
| 660 | QualType NSValueObject = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(NSValueDecl); | ||||||||
| 661 | NSValuePointer = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(NSValueObject); | ||||||||
| 662 | } | ||||||||
| 663 | |||||||||
| 664 | if (!ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod) { | ||||||||
| 665 | IdentifierInfo *II[] = { | ||||||||
| 666 | &Context.Idents.get("valueWithBytes"), | ||||||||
| 667 | &Context.Idents.get("objCType") | ||||||||
| 668 | }; | ||||||||
| 669 | Selector ValueWithBytesObjCType = Context.Selectors.getSelector(2, II); | ||||||||
| 670 | |||||||||
| 671 | // Look for the appropriate method within NSValue. | ||||||||
| 672 | BoxingMethod = NSValueDecl->lookupClassMethod(ValueWithBytesObjCType); | ||||||||
| 673 | if (!BoxingMethod && getLangOpts().DebuggerObjCLiteral) { | ||||||||
| 674 | // Debugger needs to work even if NSValue hasn't been defined. | ||||||||
| 675 | TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 676 | ObjCMethodDecl *M = ObjCMethodDecl::Create( | ||||||||
| 677 | Context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), ValueWithBytesObjCType, | ||||||||
| 678 | NSValuePointer, ReturnTInfo, NSValueDecl, | ||||||||
| 679 | /*isInstance=*/false, | ||||||||
| 680 | /*isVariadic=*/false, | ||||||||
| 681 | /*isPropertyAccessor=*/false, | ||||||||
| 682 | /*isSynthesizedAccessorStub=*/false, | ||||||||
| 683 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true, | ||||||||
| 684 | /*isDefined=*/false, ObjCMethodDecl::Required, | ||||||||
| 685 | /*HasRelatedResultType=*/false); | ||||||||
| 686 | |||||||||
| 687 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 2> Params; | ||||||||
| 688 | |||||||||
| 689 | ParmVarDecl *bytes = | ||||||||
| 690 | ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, M, | ||||||||
| 691 | SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 692 | &Context.Idents.get("bytes"), | ||||||||
| 693 | Context.VoidPtrTy.withConst(), | ||||||||
| 694 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
| 695 | SC_None, nullptr); | ||||||||
| 696 | Params.push_back(bytes); | ||||||||
| 697 | |||||||||
| 698 | QualType ConstCharType = Context.CharTy.withConst(); | ||||||||
| 699 | ParmVarDecl *type = | ||||||||
| 700 | ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, M, | ||||||||
| 701 | SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 702 | &Context.Idents.get("type"), | ||||||||
| 703 | Context.getPointerType(ConstCharType), | ||||||||
| 704 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
| 705 | SC_None, nullptr); | ||||||||
| 706 | Params.push_back(type); | ||||||||
| 707 | |||||||||
| 708 | M->setMethodParams(Context, Params, None); | ||||||||
| 709 | BoxingMethod = M; | ||||||||
| 710 | } | ||||||||
| 711 | |||||||||
| 712 | if (!validateBoxingMethod(*this, Loc, NSValueDecl, | ||||||||
| 713 | ValueWithBytesObjCType, BoxingMethod)) | ||||||||
| 714 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 715 | |||||||||
| 716 | ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod = BoxingMethod; | ||||||||
| 717 | } | ||||||||
| 718 | |||||||||
| 719 | if (!ValueType.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context)) { | ||||||||
| 720 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_non_trivially_copyable_boxed_expression_type) | ||||||||
| 721 | << ValueType << ValueExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 722 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 723 | } | ||||||||
| 724 | |||||||||
| 725 | BoxingMethod = ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod; | ||||||||
| 726 | BoxedType = NSValuePointer; | ||||||||
| 727 | } | ||||||||
| 728 | |||||||||
| 729 | if (!BoxingMethod) { | ||||||||
| 730 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_illegal_boxed_expression_type) | ||||||||
| 731 | << ValueType << ValueExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 732 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 733 | } | ||||||||
| 734 | |||||||||
| 735 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(BoxingMethod, Loc); | ||||||||
| 736 | |||||||||
| 737 | ExprResult ConvertedValueExpr; | ||||||||
| 738 | if (ValueType->isObjCBoxableRecordType()) { | ||||||||
| 739 | InitializedEntity IE = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(ValueType); | ||||||||
| 740 | ConvertedValueExpr = PerformCopyInitialization(IE, ValueExpr->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
| 741 | ValueExpr); | ||||||||
| 742 | } else { | ||||||||
| 743 | // Convert the expression to the type that the parameter requires. | ||||||||
| 744 | ParmVarDecl *ParamDecl = BoxingMethod->parameters()[0]; | ||||||||
| 745 | InitializedEntity IE = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, | ||||||||
| 746 | ParamDecl); | ||||||||
| 747 | ConvertedValueExpr = PerformCopyInitialization(IE, SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 748 | ValueExpr); | ||||||||
| 749 | } | ||||||||
| 750 | |||||||||
| 751 | if (ConvertedValueExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 752 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 753 | ValueExpr = ConvertedValueExpr.get(); | ||||||||
| 754 | |||||||||
| 755 | ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = | ||||||||
| 756 | new (Context) ObjCBoxedExpr(ValueExpr, BoxedType, | ||||||||
| 757 | BoxingMethod, SR); | ||||||||
| 758 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(BoxedExpr); | ||||||||
| 759 | } | ||||||||
| 760 | |||||||||
| 761 | /// Build an ObjC subscript pseudo-object expression, given that | ||||||||
| 762 | /// that's supported by the runtime. | ||||||||
| 763 | ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, | ||||||||
| 764 | Expr *IndexExpr, | ||||||||
| 765 | ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, | ||||||||
| 766 | ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod) { | ||||||||
| 767 | assert(!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic())((!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 767, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 768 | |||||||||
| 769 | // We can't get dependent types here; our callers should have | ||||||||
| 770 | // filtered them out. | ||||||||
| 771 | assert((!BaseExpr->isTypeDependent() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) &&(((!BaseExpr->isTypeDependent() && !IndexExpr-> isTypeDependent()) && "base or index cannot have dependent type here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!BaseExpr->isTypeDependent() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) && \"base or index cannot have dependent type here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 772, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 772 | "base or index cannot have dependent type here")(((!BaseExpr->isTypeDependent() && !IndexExpr-> isTypeDependent()) && "base or index cannot have dependent type here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!BaseExpr->isTypeDependent() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) && \"base or index cannot have dependent type here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 772, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 773 | |||||||||
| 774 | // Filter out placeholders in the index. In theory, overloads could | ||||||||
| 775 | // be preserved here, although that might not actually work correctly. | ||||||||
| 776 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(IndexExpr); | ||||||||
| 777 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 778 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 779 | IndexExpr = Result.get(); | ||||||||
| 780 | |||||||||
| 781 | // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on the base. | ||||||||
| 782 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(BaseExpr); | ||||||||
| 783 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 784 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 785 | BaseExpr = Result.get(); | ||||||||
| 786 | |||||||||
| 787 | // Build the pseudo-object expression. | ||||||||
| 788 | return new (Context) ObjCSubscriptRefExpr( | ||||||||
| 789 | BaseExpr, IndexExpr, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, OK_ObjCSubscript, | ||||||||
| 790 | getterMethod, setterMethod, RB); | ||||||||
| 791 | } | ||||||||
| 792 | |||||||||
| 793 | ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements) { | ||||||||
| 794 | SourceLocation Loc = SR.getBegin(); | ||||||||
| 795 | |||||||||
| 796 | if (!NSArrayDecl) { | ||||||||
| 797 | NSArrayDecl = LookupObjCInterfaceDeclForLiteral(*this, Loc, | ||||||||
| 798 | Sema::LK_Array); | ||||||||
| 799 | if (!NSArrayDecl) { | ||||||||
| 800 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 801 | } | ||||||||
| 802 | } | ||||||||
| 803 | |||||||||
| 804 | // Find the arrayWithObjects:count: method, if we haven't done so already. | ||||||||
| 805 | QualType IdT = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||||
| 806 | if (!ArrayWithObjectsMethod) { | ||||||||
| 807 | Selector | ||||||||
| 808 | Sel = NSAPIObj->getNSArraySelector(NSAPI::NSArr_arrayWithObjectsCount); | ||||||||
| 809 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = NSArrayDecl->lookupClassMethod(Sel); | ||||||||
| 810 | if (!Method && getLangOpts().DebuggerObjCLiteral) { | ||||||||
| 811 | TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 812 | Method = ObjCMethodDecl::Create( | ||||||||
| 813 | Context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Sel, IdT, ReturnTInfo, | ||||||||
| 814 | Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), false /*Instance*/, | ||||||||
| 815 | false /*isVariadic*/, | ||||||||
| 816 | /*isPropertyAccessor=*/false, /*isSynthesizedAccessorStub=*/false, | ||||||||
| 817 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true, /*isDefined=*/false, | ||||||||
| 818 | ObjCMethodDecl::Required, false); | ||||||||
| 819 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 2> Params; | ||||||||
| 820 | ParmVarDecl *objects = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Method, | ||||||||
| 821 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 822 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 823 | &Context.Idents.get("objects"), | ||||||||
| 824 | Context.getPointerType(IdT), | ||||||||
| 825 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
| 826 | SC_None, nullptr); | ||||||||
| 827 | Params.push_back(objects); | ||||||||
| 828 | ParmVarDecl *cnt = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Method, | ||||||||
| 829 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 830 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 831 | &Context.Idents.get("cnt"), | ||||||||
| 832 | Context.UnsignedLongTy, | ||||||||
| 833 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, | ||||||||
| 834 | nullptr); | ||||||||
| 835 | Params.push_back(cnt); | ||||||||
| 836 | Method->setMethodParams(Context, Params, None); | ||||||||
| 837 | } | ||||||||
| 838 | |||||||||
| 839 | if (!validateBoxingMethod(*this, Loc, NSArrayDecl, Sel, Method)) | ||||||||
| 840 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 841 | |||||||||
| 842 | // Dig out the type that all elements should be converted to. | ||||||||
| 843 | QualType T = Method->parameters()[0]->getType(); | ||||||||
| 844 | const PointerType *PtrT = T->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 845 | if (!PtrT || | ||||||||
| 846 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PtrT->getPointeeType(), IdT)) { | ||||||||
| 847 | Diag(SR.getBegin(), diag::err_objc_literal_method_sig) | ||||||||
| 848 | << Sel; | ||||||||
| 849 | Diag(Method->parameters()[0]->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 850 | diag::note_objc_literal_method_param) | ||||||||
| 851 | << 0 << T | ||||||||
| 852 | << Context.getPointerType(IdT.withConst()); | ||||||||
| 853 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 854 | } | ||||||||
| 855 | |||||||||
| 856 | // Check that the 'count' parameter is integral. | ||||||||
| 857 | if (!Method->parameters()[1]->getType()->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
| 858 | Diag(SR.getBegin(), diag::err_objc_literal_method_sig) | ||||||||
| 859 | << Sel; | ||||||||
| 860 | Diag(Method->parameters()[1]->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 861 | diag::note_objc_literal_method_param) | ||||||||
| 862 | << 1 | ||||||||
| 863 | << Method->parameters()[1]->getType() | ||||||||
| 864 | << "integral"; | ||||||||
| 865 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 866 | } | ||||||||
| 867 | |||||||||
| 868 | // We've found a good +arrayWithObjects:count: method. Save it! | ||||||||
| 869 | ArrayWithObjectsMethod = Method; | ||||||||
| 870 | } | ||||||||
| 871 | |||||||||
| 872 | QualType ObjectsType = ArrayWithObjectsMethod->parameters()[0]->getType(); | ||||||||
| 873 | QualType RequiredType = ObjectsType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 874 | |||||||||
| 875 | // Check that each of the elements provided is valid in a collection literal, | ||||||||
| 876 | // performing conversions as necessary. | ||||||||
| 877 | Expr **ElementsBuffer = Elements.data(); | ||||||||
| 878 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Elements.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||||||
| 879 | ExprResult Converted = CheckObjCCollectionLiteralElement(*this, | ||||||||
| 880 | ElementsBuffer[I], | ||||||||
| 881 | RequiredType, true); | ||||||||
| 882 | if (Converted.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 883 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 884 | |||||||||
| 885 | ElementsBuffer[I] = Converted.get(); | ||||||||
| 886 | } | ||||||||
| 887 | |||||||||
| 888 | QualType Ty | ||||||||
| 889 | = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType( | ||||||||
| 890 | Context.getObjCInterfaceType(NSArrayDecl)); | ||||||||
| 891 | |||||||||
| 892 | return MaybeBindToTemporary( | ||||||||
| 893 | ObjCArrayLiteral::Create(Context, Elements, Ty, | ||||||||
| 894 | ArrayWithObjectsMethod, SR)); | ||||||||
| 895 | } | ||||||||
| 896 | |||||||||
| 897 | ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, | ||||||||
| 898 | MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements) { | ||||||||
| 899 | SourceLocation Loc = SR.getBegin(); | ||||||||
| 900 | |||||||||
| 901 | if (!NSDictionaryDecl) { | ||||||||
| 902 | NSDictionaryDecl = LookupObjCInterfaceDeclForLiteral(*this, Loc, | ||||||||
| 903 | Sema::LK_Dictionary); | ||||||||
| 904 | if (!NSDictionaryDecl) { | ||||||||
| 905 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 906 | } | ||||||||
| 907 | } | ||||||||
| 908 | |||||||||
| 909 | // Find the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method, if we haven't done | ||||||||
| 910 | // so already. | ||||||||
| 911 | QualType IdT = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||||
| 912 | if (!DictionaryWithObjectsMethod) { | ||||||||
| 913 | Selector Sel = NSAPIObj->getNSDictionarySelector( | ||||||||
| 914 | NSAPI::NSDict_dictionaryWithObjectsForKeysCount); | ||||||||
| 915 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = NSDictionaryDecl->lookupClassMethod(Sel); | ||||||||
| 916 | if (!Method && getLangOpts().DebuggerObjCLiteral) { | ||||||||
| 917 | Method = ObjCMethodDecl::Create( | ||||||||
| 918 | Context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Sel, IdT, | ||||||||
| 919 | nullptr /*TypeSourceInfo */, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), | ||||||||
| 920 | false /*Instance*/, false /*isVariadic*/, | ||||||||
| 921 | /*isPropertyAccessor=*/false, | ||||||||
| 922 | /*isSynthesizedAccessorStub=*/false, | ||||||||
| 923 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true, /*isDefined=*/false, | ||||||||
| 924 | ObjCMethodDecl::Required, false); | ||||||||
| 925 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> Params; | ||||||||
| 926 | ParmVarDecl *objects = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Method, | ||||||||
| 927 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 928 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 929 | &Context.Idents.get("objects"), | ||||||||
| 930 | Context.getPointerType(IdT), | ||||||||
| 931 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, | ||||||||
| 932 | nullptr); | ||||||||
| 933 | Params.push_back(objects); | ||||||||
| 934 | ParmVarDecl *keys = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Method, | ||||||||
| 935 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 936 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 937 | &Context.Idents.get("keys"), | ||||||||
| 938 | Context.getPointerType(IdT), | ||||||||
| 939 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, | ||||||||
| 940 | nullptr); | ||||||||
| 941 | Params.push_back(keys); | ||||||||
| 942 | ParmVarDecl *cnt = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Method, | ||||||||
| 943 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 944 | SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 945 | &Context.Idents.get("cnt"), | ||||||||
| 946 | Context.UnsignedLongTy, | ||||||||
| 947 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, | ||||||||
| 948 | nullptr); | ||||||||
| 949 | Params.push_back(cnt); | ||||||||
| 950 | Method->setMethodParams(Context, Params, None); | ||||||||
| 951 | } | ||||||||
| 952 | |||||||||
| 953 | if (!validateBoxingMethod(*this, SR.getBegin(), NSDictionaryDecl, Sel, | ||||||||
| 954 | Method)) | ||||||||
| 955 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 956 | |||||||||
| 957 | // Dig out the type that all values should be converted to. | ||||||||
| 958 | QualType ValueT = Method->parameters()[0]->getType(); | ||||||||
| 959 | const PointerType *PtrValue = ValueT->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 960 | if (!PtrValue || | ||||||||
| 961 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PtrValue->getPointeeType(), IdT)) { | ||||||||
| 962 | Diag(SR.getBegin(), diag::err_objc_literal_method_sig) | ||||||||
| 963 | << Sel; | ||||||||
| 964 | Diag(Method->parameters()[0]->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 965 | diag::note_objc_literal_method_param) | ||||||||
| 966 | << 0 << ValueT | ||||||||
| 967 | << Context.getPointerType(IdT.withConst()); | ||||||||
| 968 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 969 | } | ||||||||
| 970 | |||||||||
| 971 | // Dig out the type that all keys should be converted to. | ||||||||
| 972 | QualType KeyT = Method->parameters()[1]->getType(); | ||||||||
| 973 | const PointerType *PtrKey = KeyT->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 974 | if (!PtrKey || | ||||||||
| 975 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PtrKey->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
| 976 | IdT)) { | ||||||||
| 977 | bool err = true; | ||||||||
| 978 | if (PtrKey) { | ||||||||
| 979 | if (QIDNSCopying.isNull()) { | ||||||||
| 980 | // key argument of selector is id<NSCopying>? | ||||||||
| 981 | if (ObjCProtocolDecl *NSCopyingPDecl = | ||||||||
| 982 | LookupProtocol(&Context.Idents.get("NSCopying"), SR.getBegin())) { | ||||||||
| 983 | ObjCProtocolDecl *PQ[] = {NSCopyingPDecl}; | ||||||||
| 984 | QIDNSCopying = | ||||||||
| 985 | Context.getObjCObjectType(Context.ObjCBuiltinIdTy, { }, | ||||||||
| 986 | llvm::makeArrayRef( | ||||||||
| 987 | (ObjCProtocolDecl**) PQ, | ||||||||
| 988 | 1), | ||||||||
| 989 | false); | ||||||||
| 990 | QIDNSCopying = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QIDNSCopying); | ||||||||
| 991 | } | ||||||||
| 992 | } | ||||||||
| 993 | if (!QIDNSCopying.isNull()) | ||||||||
| 994 | err = !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PtrKey->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
| 995 | QIDNSCopying); | ||||||||
| 996 | } | ||||||||
| 997 | |||||||||
| 998 | if (err) { | ||||||||
| 999 | Diag(SR.getBegin(), diag::err_objc_literal_method_sig) | ||||||||
| 1000 | << Sel; | ||||||||
| 1001 | Diag(Method->parameters()[1]->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 1002 | diag::note_objc_literal_method_param) | ||||||||
| 1003 | << 1 << KeyT | ||||||||
| 1004 | << Context.getPointerType(IdT.withConst()); | ||||||||
| 1005 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 1006 | } | ||||||||
| 1007 | } | ||||||||
| 1008 | |||||||||
| 1009 | // Check that the 'count' parameter is integral. | ||||||||
| 1010 | QualType CountType = Method->parameters()[2]->getType(); | ||||||||
| 1011 | if (!CountType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
| 1012 | Diag(SR.getBegin(), diag::err_objc_literal_method_sig) | ||||||||
| 1013 | << Sel; | ||||||||
| 1014 | Diag(Method->parameters()[2]->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 1015 | diag::note_objc_literal_method_param) | ||||||||
| 1016 | << 2 << CountType | ||||||||
| 1017 | << "integral"; | ||||||||
| 1018 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 1019 | } | ||||||||
| 1020 | |||||||||
| 1021 | // We've found a good +dictionaryWithObjects:keys:count: method; save it! | ||||||||
| 1022 | DictionaryWithObjectsMethod = Method; | ||||||||
| 1023 | } | ||||||||
| 1024 | |||||||||
| 1025 | QualType ValuesT = DictionaryWithObjectsMethod->parameters()[0]->getType(); | ||||||||
| 1026 | QualType ValueT = ValuesT->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 1027 | QualType KeysT = DictionaryWithObjectsMethod->parameters()[1]->getType(); | ||||||||
| 1028 | QualType KeyT = KeysT->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 1029 | |||||||||
| 1030 | // Check that each of the keys and values provided is valid in a collection | ||||||||
| 1031 | // literal, performing conversions as necessary. | ||||||||
| 1032 | bool HasPackExpansions = false; | ||||||||
| 1033 | for (ObjCDictionaryElement &Element : Elements) { | ||||||||
| 1034 | // Check the key. | ||||||||
| 1035 | ExprResult Key = CheckObjCCollectionLiteralElement(*this, Element.Key, | ||||||||
| 1036 | KeyT); | ||||||||
| 1037 | if (Key.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1038 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 1039 | |||||||||
| 1040 | // Check the value. | ||||||||
| 1041 | ExprResult Value | ||||||||
| 1042 | = CheckObjCCollectionLiteralElement(*this, Element.Value, ValueT); | ||||||||
| 1043 | if (Value.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1044 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 1045 | |||||||||
| 1046 | Element.Key = Key.get(); | ||||||||
| 1047 | Element.Value = Value.get(); | ||||||||
| 1048 | |||||||||
| 1049 | if (Element.EllipsisLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1050 | continue; | ||||||||
| 1051 | |||||||||
| 1052 | if (!Element.Key->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && | ||||||||
| 1053 | !Element.Value->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { | ||||||||
| 1054 | Diag(Element.EllipsisLoc, | ||||||||
| 1055 | diag::err_pack_expansion_without_parameter_packs) | ||||||||
| 1056 | << SourceRange(Element.Key->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 1057 | Element.Value->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
| 1058 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 1059 | } | ||||||||
| 1060 | |||||||||
| 1061 | HasPackExpansions = true; | ||||||||
| 1062 | } | ||||||||
| 1063 | |||||||||
| 1064 | QualType Ty | ||||||||
| 1065 | = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType( | ||||||||
| 1066 | Context.getObjCInterfaceType(NSDictionaryDecl)); | ||||||||
| 1067 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(ObjCDictionaryLiteral::Create( | ||||||||
| 1068 | Context, Elements, HasPackExpansions, Ty, | ||||||||
| 1069 | DictionaryWithObjectsMethod, SR)); | ||||||||
| 1070 | } | ||||||||
| 1071 | |||||||||
| 1072 | ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, | ||||||||
| 1073 | TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, | ||||||||
| 1074 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||||||
| 1075 | QualType EncodedType = EncodedTypeInfo->getType(); | ||||||||
| 1076 | QualType StrTy; | ||||||||
| 1077 | if (EncodedType->isDependentType()) | ||||||||
| 1078 | StrTy = Context.DependentTy; | ||||||||
| 1079 | else { | ||||||||
| 1080 | if (!EncodedType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() && //// Incomplete array is handled. | ||||||||
| 1081 | !EncodedType->isVoidType()) // void is handled too. | ||||||||
| 1082 | if (RequireCompleteType(AtLoc, EncodedType, | ||||||||
| 1083 | diag::err_incomplete_type_objc_at_encode, | ||||||||
| 1084 | EncodedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc())) | ||||||||
| 1085 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 1086 | |||||||||
| 1087 | std::string Str; | ||||||||
| 1088 | QualType NotEncodedT; | ||||||||
| 1089 | Context.getObjCEncodingForType(EncodedType, Str, nullptr, &NotEncodedT); | ||||||||
| 1090 | if (!NotEncodedT.isNull()) | ||||||||
| 1091 | Diag(AtLoc, diag::warn_incomplete_encoded_type) | ||||||||
| 1092 | << EncodedType << NotEncodedT; | ||||||||
| 1093 | |||||||||
| 1094 | // The type of @encode is the same as the type of the corresponding string, | ||||||||
| 1095 | // which is an array type. | ||||||||
| 1096 | StrTy = Context.getStringLiteralArrayType(Context.CharTy, Str.size()); | ||||||||
| 1097 | } | ||||||||
| 1098 | |||||||||
| 1099 | return new (Context) ObjCEncodeExpr(StrTy, EncodedTypeInfo, AtLoc, RParenLoc); | ||||||||
| 1100 | } | ||||||||
| 1101 | |||||||||
| 1102 | ExprResult Sema::ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, | ||||||||
| 1103 | SourceLocation EncodeLoc, | ||||||||
| 1104 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
| 1105 | ParsedType ty, | ||||||||
| 1106 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||||||
| 1107 | // FIXME: Preserve type source info ? | ||||||||
| 1108 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | ||||||||
| 1109 | QualType EncodedType = GetTypeFromParser(ty, &TInfo); | ||||||||
| 1110 | if (!TInfo) | ||||||||
| 1111 | TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(EncodedType, | ||||||||
| 1112 | getLocForEndOfToken(LParenLoc)); | ||||||||
| 1113 | |||||||||
| 1114 | return BuildObjCEncodeExpression(AtLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); | ||||||||
| 1115 | } | ||||||||
| 1116 | |||||||||
| 1117 | static bool HelperToDiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(Sema &S, | ||||||||
| 1118 | SourceLocation AtLoc, | ||||||||
| 1119 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
| 1120 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||||
| 1121 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||||
| 1122 | ObjCMethodList &MethList) { | ||||||||
| 1123 | ObjCMethodList *M = &MethList; | ||||||||
| 1124 | bool Warned = false; | ||||||||
| 1125 | for (M = M->getNext(); M; M=M->getNext()) { | ||||||||
| 1126 | ObjCMethodDecl *MatchingMethodDecl = M->getMethod(); | ||||||||
| 1127 | if (MatchingMethodDecl == Method || | ||||||||
| 1128 | isa<ObjCImplDecl>(MatchingMethodDecl->getDeclContext()) || | ||||||||
| 1129 | MatchingMethodDecl->getSelector() != Method->getSelector()) | ||||||||
| 1130 | continue; | ||||||||
| 1131 | if (!S.MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(Method, | ||||||||
| 1132 | MatchingMethodDecl, Sema::MMS_loose)) { | ||||||||
| 1133 | if (!Warned) { | ||||||||
| 1134 | Warned = true; | ||||||||
| 1135 | S.Diag(AtLoc, diag::warn_multiple_selectors) | ||||||||
| 1136 | << Method->getSelector() << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LParenLoc, "(") | ||||||||
| 1137 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RParenLoc, ")"); | ||||||||
| 1138 | S.Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at) | ||||||||
| 1139 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 1140 | } | ||||||||
| 1141 | S.Diag(MatchingMethodDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at) | ||||||||
| 1142 | << MatchingMethodDecl->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 1143 | } | ||||||||
| 1144 | } | ||||||||
| 1145 | return Warned; | ||||||||
| 1146 | } | ||||||||
| 1147 | |||||||||
| 1148 | static void DiagnoseMismatchedSelectors(Sema &S, SourceLocation AtLoc, | ||||||||
| 1149 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||||
| 1150 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
| 1151 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||||
| 1152 | bool WarnMultipleSelectors) { | ||||||||
| 1153 | if (!WarnMultipleSelectors || | ||||||||
| 1154 | S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_multiple_selectors, SourceLocation())) | ||||||||
| 1155 | return; | ||||||||
| 1156 | bool Warned = false; | ||||||||
| 1157 | for (Sema::GlobalMethodPool::iterator b = S.MethodPool.begin(), | ||||||||
| 1158 | e = S.MethodPool.end(); b != e; b++) { | ||||||||
| 1159 | // first, instance methods | ||||||||
| 1160 | ObjCMethodList &InstMethList = b->second.first; | ||||||||
| 1161 | if (HelperToDiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(S, AtLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
| 1162 | Method, InstMethList)) | ||||||||
| 1163 | Warned = true; | ||||||||
| 1164 | |||||||||
| 1165 | // second, class methods | ||||||||
| 1166 | ObjCMethodList &ClsMethList = b->second.second; | ||||||||
| 1167 | if (HelperToDiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(S, AtLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
| 1168 | Method, ClsMethList) || Warned) | ||||||||
| 1169 | return; | ||||||||
| 1170 | } | ||||||||
| 1171 | } | ||||||||
| 1172 | |||||||||
| 1173 | static void HelperToDiagnoseDirectSelectorsExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation AtLoc, | ||||||||
| 1174 | Selector Sel, | ||||||||
| 1175 | ObjCMethodList &MethList, | ||||||||
| 1176 | bool &onlyDirect) { | ||||||||
| 1177 | ObjCMethodList *M = &MethList; | ||||||||
| 1178 | for (M = M->getNext(); M; M = M->getNext()) { | ||||||||
| 1179 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = M->getMethod(); | ||||||||
| 1180 | if (Method->getSelector() != Sel) | ||||||||
| 1181 | continue; | ||||||||
| 1182 | if (!Method->isDirectMethod()) | ||||||||
| 1183 | onlyDirect = false; | ||||||||
| 1184 | } | ||||||||
| 1185 | } | ||||||||
| 1186 | |||||||||
| 1187 | static void DiagnoseDirectSelectorsExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation AtLoc, | ||||||||
| 1188 | Selector Sel, bool &onlyDirect) { | ||||||||
| 1189 | for (Sema::GlobalMethodPool::iterator b = S.MethodPool.begin(), | ||||||||
| 1190 | e = S.MethodPool.end(); b != e; b++) { | ||||||||
| 1191 | // first, instance methods | ||||||||
| 1192 | ObjCMethodList &InstMethList = b->second.first; | ||||||||
| 1193 | HelperToDiagnoseDirectSelectorsExpr(S, AtLoc, Sel, InstMethList, | ||||||||
| 1194 | onlyDirect); | ||||||||
| 1195 | |||||||||
| 1196 | // second, class methods | ||||||||
| 1197 | ObjCMethodList &ClsMethList = b->second.second; | ||||||||
| 1198 | HelperToDiagnoseDirectSelectorsExpr(S, AtLoc, Sel, ClsMethList, onlyDirect); | ||||||||
| 1199 | } | ||||||||
| 1200 | } | ||||||||
| 1201 | |||||||||
| 1202 | ExprResult Sema::ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, | ||||||||
| 1203 | SourceLocation AtLoc, | ||||||||
| 1204 | SourceLocation SelLoc, | ||||||||
| 1205 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
| 1206 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||||
| 1207 | bool WarnMultipleSelectors) { | ||||||||
| 1208 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, | ||||||||
| 1209 | SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc)); | ||||||||
| 1210 | if (!Method) | ||||||||
| 1211 | Method = LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, | ||||||||
| 1212 | SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc)); | ||||||||
| 1213 | if (!Method) { | ||||||||
| 1214 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *OM = SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Sel)) { | ||||||||
| 1215 | Selector MatchedSel = OM->getSelector(); | ||||||||
| 1216 | SourceRange SelectorRange(LParenLoc.getLocWithOffset(1), | ||||||||
| 1217 | RParenLoc.getLocWithOffset(-1)); | ||||||||
| 1218 | Diag(SelLoc, diag::warn_undeclared_selector_with_typo) | ||||||||
| 1219 | << Sel << MatchedSel | ||||||||
| 1220 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SelectorRange, MatchedSel.getAsString()); | ||||||||
| 1221 | |||||||||
| 1222 | } else | ||||||||
| 1223 | Diag(SelLoc, diag::warn_undeclared_selector) << Sel; | ||||||||
| 1224 | } else { | ||||||||
| 1225 | bool onlyDirect = Method->isDirectMethod(); | ||||||||
| 1226 | DiagnoseDirectSelectorsExpr(*this, AtLoc, Sel, onlyDirect); | ||||||||
| 1227 | DiagnoseMismatchedSelectors(*this, AtLoc, Method, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, | ||||||||
| 1228 | WarnMultipleSelectors); | ||||||||
| 1229 | if (onlyDirect) { | ||||||||
| 1230 | Diag(AtLoc, diag::err_direct_selector_expression) | ||||||||
| 1231 | << Method->getSelector(); | ||||||||
| 1232 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_direct_method_declared_at) | ||||||||
| 1233 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 1234 | } | ||||||||
| 1235 | } | ||||||||
| 1236 | |||||||||
| 1237 | if (Method && | ||||||||
| 1238 | Method->getImplementationControl() != ObjCMethodDecl::Optional && | ||||||||
| 1239 | !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Method->getLocation())) | ||||||||
| 1240 | ReferencedSelectors.insert(std::make_pair(Sel, AtLoc)); | ||||||||
| 1241 | |||||||||
| 1242 | // In ARC, forbid the user from using @selector for | ||||||||
| 1243 | // retain/release/autorelease/dealloc/retainCount. | ||||||||
| 1244 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||||||
| 1245 | switch (Sel.getMethodFamily()) { | ||||||||
| 1246 | case OMF_retain: | ||||||||
| 1247 | case OMF_release: | ||||||||
| 1248 | case OMF_autorelease: | ||||||||
| 1249 | case OMF_retainCount: | ||||||||
| 1250 | case OMF_dealloc: | ||||||||
| 1251 | Diag(AtLoc, diag::err_arc_illegal_selector) << | ||||||||
| 1252 | Sel << SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc); | ||||||||
| 1253 | break; | ||||||||
| 1254 | |||||||||
| 1255 | case OMF_None: | ||||||||
| 1256 | case OMF_alloc: | ||||||||
| 1257 | case OMF_copy: | ||||||||
| 1258 | case OMF_finalize: | ||||||||
| 1259 | case OMF_init: | ||||||||
| 1260 | case OMF_mutableCopy: | ||||||||
| 1261 | case OMF_new: | ||||||||
| 1262 | case OMF_self: | ||||||||
| 1263 | case OMF_initialize: | ||||||||
| 1264 | case OMF_performSelector: | ||||||||
| 1265 | break; | ||||||||
| 1266 | } | ||||||||
| 1267 | } | ||||||||
| 1268 | QualType Ty = Context.getObjCSelType(); | ||||||||
| 1269 | return new (Context) ObjCSelectorExpr(Ty, Sel, AtLoc, RParenLoc); | ||||||||
| 1270 | } | ||||||||
| 1271 | |||||||||
| 1272 | ExprResult Sema::ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId, | ||||||||
| 1273 | SourceLocation AtLoc, | ||||||||
| 1274 | SourceLocation ProtoLoc, | ||||||||
| 1275 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
| 1276 | SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, | ||||||||
| 1277 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||||||
| 1278 | ObjCProtocolDecl* PDecl = LookupProtocol(ProtocolId, ProtoIdLoc); | ||||||||
| 1279 | if (!PDecl) { | ||||||||
| 1280 | Diag(ProtoLoc, diag::err_undeclared_protocol) << ProtocolId; | ||||||||
| 1281 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1282 | } | ||||||||
| 1283 | if (!PDecl->hasDefinition()) { | ||||||||
| 1284 | Diag(ProtoLoc, diag::err_atprotocol_protocol) << PDecl; | ||||||||
| 1285 | Diag(PDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PDecl; | ||||||||
| 1286 | } else { | ||||||||
| 1287 | PDecl = PDecl->getDefinition(); | ||||||||
| 1288 | } | ||||||||
| 1289 | |||||||||
| 1290 | QualType Ty = Context.getObjCProtoType(); | ||||||||
| 1291 | if (Ty.isNull()) | ||||||||
| 1292 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1293 | Ty = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Ty); | ||||||||
| 1294 | return new (Context) ObjCProtocolExpr(Ty, PDecl, AtLoc, ProtoIdLoc, RParenLoc); | ||||||||
| 1295 | } | ||||||||
| 1296 | |||||||||
| 1297 | /// Try to capture an implicit reference to 'self'. | ||||||||
| 1298 | ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||||||
| 1299 | DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); | ||||||||
| 1300 | |||||||||
| 1301 | // If we're not in an ObjC method, error out. Note that, unlike the | ||||||||
| 1302 | // C++ case, we don't require an instance method --- class methods | ||||||||
| 1303 | // still have a 'self', and we really do still need to capture it! | ||||||||
| 1304 | ObjCMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC); | ||||||||
| 1305 | if (!method) | ||||||||
| 1306 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1307 | |||||||||
| 1308 | tryCaptureVariable(method->getSelfDecl(), Loc); | ||||||||
| 1309 | |||||||||
| 1310 | return method; | ||||||||
| 1311 | } | ||||||||
| 1312 | |||||||||
| 1313 | static QualType stripObjCInstanceType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { | ||||||||
| 1314 | QualType origType = T; | ||||||||
| 1315 | if (auto nullability = AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(T)) { | ||||||||
| 1316 | if (T == Context.getObjCInstanceType()) { | ||||||||
| 1317 | return Context.getAttributedType( | ||||||||
| 1318 | AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*nullability), | ||||||||
| 1319 | Context.getObjCIdType(), | ||||||||
| 1320 | Context.getObjCIdType()); | ||||||||
| 1321 | } | ||||||||
| 1322 | |||||||||
| 1323 | return origType; | ||||||||
| 1324 | } | ||||||||
| 1325 | |||||||||
| 1326 | if (T == Context.getObjCInstanceType()) | ||||||||
| 1327 | return Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||||
| 1328 | |||||||||
| 1329 | return origType; | ||||||||
| 1330 | } | ||||||||
| 1331 | |||||||||
| 1332 | /// Determine the result type of a message send based on the receiver type, | ||||||||
| 1333 | /// method, and the kind of message send. | ||||||||
| 1334 | /// | ||||||||
| 1335 | /// This is the "base" result type, which will still need to be adjusted | ||||||||
| 1336 | /// to account for nullability. | ||||||||
| 1337 | static QualType getBaseMessageSendResultType(Sema &S, | ||||||||
| 1338 | QualType ReceiverType, | ||||||||
| 1339 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||||
| 1340 | bool isClassMessage, | ||||||||
| 1341 | bool isSuperMessage) { | ||||||||
| 1342 | assert(Method && "Must have a method")((Method && "Must have a method") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("Method && \"Must have a method\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 1342, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1343 | if (!Method->hasRelatedResultType()) | ||||||||
| 1344 | return Method->getSendResultType(ReceiverType); | ||||||||
| 1345 | |||||||||
| 1346 | ASTContext &Context = S.Context; | ||||||||
| 1347 | |||||||||
| 1348 | // Local function that transfers the nullability of the method's | ||||||||
| 1349 | // result type to the returned result. | ||||||||
| 1350 | auto transferNullability = [&](QualType type) -> QualType { | ||||||||
| 1351 | // If the method's result type has nullability, extract it. | ||||||||
| 1352 | if (auto nullability = Method->getSendResultType(ReceiverType) | ||||||||
| 1353 | ->getNullability(Context)){ | ||||||||
| 1354 | // Strip off any outer nullability sugar from the provided type. | ||||||||
| 1355 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(type); | ||||||||
| 1356 | |||||||||
| 1357 | // Form a new attributed type using the method result type's nullability. | ||||||||
| 1358 | return Context.getAttributedType( | ||||||||
| 1359 | AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*nullability), | ||||||||
| 1360 | type, | ||||||||
| 1361 | type); | ||||||||
| 1362 | } | ||||||||
| 1363 | |||||||||
| 1364 | return type; | ||||||||
| 1365 | }; | ||||||||
| 1366 | |||||||||
| 1367 | // If a method has a related return type: | ||||||||
| 1368 | // - if the method found is an instance method, but the message send | ||||||||
| 1369 | // was a class message send, T is the declared return type of the method | ||||||||
| 1370 | // found | ||||||||
| 1371 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && isClassMessage) | ||||||||
| 1372 | return stripObjCInstanceType(Context, | ||||||||
| 1373 | Method->getSendResultType(ReceiverType)); | ||||||||
| 1374 | |||||||||
| 1375 | // - if the receiver is super, T is a pointer to the class of the | ||||||||
| 1376 | // enclosing method definition | ||||||||
| 1377 | if (isSuperMessage) { | ||||||||
| 1378 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = S.getCurMethodDecl()) | ||||||||
| 1379 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) { | ||||||||
| 1380 | return transferNullability( | ||||||||
| 1381 | Context.getObjCObjectPointerType( | ||||||||
| 1382 | Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class))); | ||||||||
| 1383 | } | ||||||||
| 1384 | } | ||||||||
| 1385 | |||||||||
| 1386 | // - if the receiver is the name of a class U, T is a pointer to U | ||||||||
| 1387 | if (ReceiverType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) | ||||||||
| 1388 | return transferNullability(Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(ReceiverType)); | ||||||||
| 1389 | // - if the receiver is of type Class or qualified Class type, | ||||||||
| 1390 | // T is the declared return type of the method. | ||||||||
| 1391 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() || | ||||||||
| 1392 | ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) | ||||||||
| 1393 | return stripObjCInstanceType(Context, | ||||||||
| 1394 | Method->getSendResultType(ReceiverType)); | ||||||||
| 1395 | |||||||||
| 1396 | // - if the receiver is id, qualified id, Class, or qualified Class, T | ||||||||
| 1397 | // is the receiver type, otherwise | ||||||||
| 1398 | // - T is the type of the receiver expression. | ||||||||
| 1399 | return transferNullability(ReceiverType); | ||||||||
| 1400 | } | ||||||||
| 1401 | |||||||||
| 1402 | QualType Sema::getMessageSendResultType(const Expr *Receiver, | ||||||||
| 1403 | QualType ReceiverType, | ||||||||
| 1404 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||||
| 1405 | bool isClassMessage, | ||||||||
| 1406 | bool isSuperMessage) { | ||||||||
| 1407 | // Produce the result type. | ||||||||
| 1408 | QualType resultType = getBaseMessageSendResultType(*this, ReceiverType, | ||||||||
| 1409 | Method, | ||||||||
| 1410 | isClassMessage, | ||||||||
| 1411 | isSuperMessage); | ||||||||
| 1412 | |||||||||
| 1413 | // If this is a class message, ignore the nullability of the receiver. | ||||||||
| 1414 | if (isClassMessage) { | ||||||||
| 1415 | // In a class method, class messages to 'self' that return instancetype can | ||||||||
| 1416 | // be typed as the current class. We can safely do this in ARC because self | ||||||||
| 1417 | // can't be reassigned, and we do it unsafely outside of ARC because in | ||||||||
| 1418 | // practice people never reassign self in class methods and there's some | ||||||||
| 1419 | // virtue in not being aggressively pedantic. | ||||||||
| 1420 | if (Receiver && Receiver->isObjCSelfExpr()) { | ||||||||
| 1421 | assert(ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() && "expected a Class self")((ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() && "expected a Class self" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() && \"expected a Class self\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 1421, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1422 | QualType T = Method->getSendResultType(ReceiverType); | ||||||||
| 1423 | AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(T); | ||||||||
| 1424 | if (T == Context.getObjCInstanceType()) { | ||||||||
| 1425 | const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>( | ||||||||
| 1426 | cast<ImplicitParamDecl>( | ||||||||
| 1427 | cast<DeclRefExpr>(Receiver->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getDecl()) | ||||||||
| 1428 | ->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
| 1429 | assert(MD->isClassMethod() && "expected a class method")((MD->isClassMethod() && "expected a class method" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("MD->isClassMethod() && \"expected a class method\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 1429, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1430 | QualType NewResultType = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType( | ||||||||
| 1431 | Context.getObjCInterfaceType(MD->getClassInterface())); | ||||||||
| 1432 | if (auto Nullability = resultType->getNullability(Context)) | ||||||||
| 1433 | NewResultType = Context.getAttributedType( | ||||||||
| 1434 | AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Nullability), | ||||||||
| 1435 | NewResultType, NewResultType); | ||||||||
| 1436 | return NewResultType; | ||||||||
| 1437 | } | ||||||||
| 1438 | } | ||||||||
| 1439 | return resultType; | ||||||||
| 1440 | } | ||||||||
| 1441 | |||||||||
| 1442 | // There is nothing left to do if the result type cannot have a nullability | ||||||||
| 1443 | // specifier. | ||||||||
| 1444 | if (!resultType->canHaveNullability()) | ||||||||
| 1445 | return resultType; | ||||||||
| 1446 | |||||||||
| 1447 | // Map the nullability of the result into a table index. | ||||||||
| 1448 | unsigned receiverNullabilityIdx = 0; | ||||||||
| 1449 | if (auto nullability = ReceiverType->getNullability(Context)) | ||||||||
| 1450 | receiverNullabilityIdx = 1 + static_cast<unsigned>(*nullability); | ||||||||
| 1451 | |||||||||
| 1452 | unsigned resultNullabilityIdx = 0; | ||||||||
| 1453 | if (auto nullability = resultType->getNullability(Context)) | ||||||||
| 1454 | resultNullabilityIdx = 1 + static_cast<unsigned>(*nullability); | ||||||||
| 1455 | |||||||||
| 1456 | // The table of nullability mappings, indexed by the receiver's nullability | ||||||||
| 1457 | // and then the result type's nullability. | ||||||||
| 1458 | static const uint8_t None = 0; | ||||||||
| 1459 | static const uint8_t NonNull = 1; | ||||||||
| 1460 | static const uint8_t Nullable = 2; | ||||||||
| 1461 | static const uint8_t Unspecified = 3; | ||||||||
| 1462 | static const uint8_t nullabilityMap[4][4] = { | ||||||||
| 1463 | // None NonNull Nullable Unspecified | ||||||||
| 1464 | /* None */ { None, None, Nullable, None }, | ||||||||
| 1465 | /* NonNull */ { None, NonNull, Nullable, Unspecified }, | ||||||||
| 1466 | /* Nullable */ { Nullable, Nullable, Nullable, Nullable }, | ||||||||
| 1467 | /* Unspecified */ { None, Unspecified, Nullable, Unspecified } | ||||||||
| 1468 | }; | ||||||||
| 1469 | |||||||||
| 1470 | unsigned newResultNullabilityIdx | ||||||||
| 1471 | = nullabilityMap[receiverNullabilityIdx][resultNullabilityIdx]; | ||||||||
| 1472 | if (newResultNullabilityIdx == resultNullabilityIdx) | ||||||||
| 1473 | return resultType; | ||||||||
| 1474 | |||||||||
| 1475 | // Strip off the existing nullability. This removes as little type sugar as | ||||||||
| 1476 | // possible. | ||||||||
| 1477 | do { | ||||||||
| 1478 | if (auto attributed = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(resultType.getTypePtr())) { | ||||||||
| 1479 | resultType = attributed->getModifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 1480 | } else { | ||||||||
| 1481 | resultType = resultType.getDesugaredType(Context); | ||||||||
| 1482 | } | ||||||||
| 1483 | } while (resultType->getNullability(Context)); | ||||||||
| 1484 | |||||||||
| 1485 | // Add nullability back if needed. | ||||||||
| 1486 | if (newResultNullabilityIdx > 0) { | ||||||||
| 1487 | auto newNullability | ||||||||
| 1488 | = static_cast<NullabilityKind>(newResultNullabilityIdx-1); | ||||||||
| 1489 | return Context.getAttributedType( | ||||||||
| 1490 | AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(newNullability), | ||||||||
| 1491 | resultType, resultType); | ||||||||
| 1492 | } | ||||||||
| 1493 | |||||||||
| 1494 | return resultType; | ||||||||
| 1495 | } | ||||||||
| 1496 | |||||||||
| 1497 | /// Look for an ObjC method whose result type exactly matches the given type. | ||||||||
| 1498 | static const ObjCMethodDecl * | ||||||||
| 1499 | findExplicitInstancetypeDeclarer(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD, | ||||||||
| 1500 | QualType instancetype) { | ||||||||
| 1501 | if (MD->getReturnType() == instancetype) | ||||||||
| 1502 | return MD; | ||||||||
| 1503 | |||||||||
| 1504 | // For these purposes, a method in an @implementation overrides a | ||||||||
| 1505 | // declaration in the @interface. | ||||||||
| 1506 | if (const ObjCImplDecl *impl = | ||||||||
| 1507 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(MD->getDeclContext())) { | ||||||||
| 1508 | const ObjCContainerDecl *iface; | ||||||||
| 1509 | if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *catImpl = | ||||||||
| 1510 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(impl)) { | ||||||||
| 1511 | iface = catImpl->getCategoryDecl(); | ||||||||
| 1512 | } else { | ||||||||
| 1513 | iface = impl->getClassInterface(); | ||||||||
| 1514 | } | ||||||||
| 1515 | |||||||||
| 1516 | const ObjCMethodDecl *ifaceMD = | ||||||||
| 1517 | iface->getMethod(MD->getSelector(), MD->isInstanceMethod()); | ||||||||
| 1518 | if (ifaceMD) return findExplicitInstancetypeDeclarer(ifaceMD, instancetype); | ||||||||
| 1519 | } | ||||||||
| 1520 | |||||||||
| 1521 | SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 4> overrides; | ||||||||
| 1522 | MD->getOverriddenMethods(overrides); | ||||||||
| 1523 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = overrides.size(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||
| 1524 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *result = | ||||||||
| 1525 | findExplicitInstancetypeDeclarer(overrides[i], instancetype)) | ||||||||
| 1526 | return result; | ||||||||
| 1527 | } | ||||||||
| 1528 | |||||||||
| 1529 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1530 | } | ||||||||
| 1531 | |||||||||
| 1532 | void Sema::EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType) { | ||||||||
| 1533 | // Only complain if we're in an ObjC method and the required return | ||||||||
| 1534 | // type doesn't match the method's declared return type. | ||||||||
| 1535 | ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||||
| 1536 | if (!MD || !MD->hasRelatedResultType() || | ||||||||
| 1537 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(destType, MD->getReturnType())) | ||||||||
| 1538 | return; | ||||||||
| 1539 | |||||||||
| 1540 | // Look for a method overridden by this method which explicitly uses | ||||||||
| 1541 | // 'instancetype'. | ||||||||
| 1542 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *overridden = | ||||||||
| 1543 | findExplicitInstancetypeDeclarer(MD, Context.getObjCInstanceType())) { | ||||||||
| 1544 | SourceRange range = overridden->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 1545 | SourceLocation loc = range.getBegin(); | ||||||||
| 1546 | if (loc.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1547 | loc = overridden->getLocation(); | ||||||||
| 1548 | Diag(loc, diag::note_related_result_type_explicit) | ||||||||
| 1549 | << /*current method*/ 1 << range; | ||||||||
| 1550 | return; | ||||||||
| 1551 | } | ||||||||
| 1552 | |||||||||
| 1553 | // Otherwise, if we have an interesting method family, note that. | ||||||||
| 1554 | // This should always trigger if the above didn't. | ||||||||
| 1555 | if (ObjCMethodFamily family = MD->getMethodFamily()) | ||||||||
| 1556 | Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::note_related_result_type_family) | ||||||||
| 1557 | << /*current method*/ 1 | ||||||||
| 1558 | << family; | ||||||||
| 1559 | } | ||||||||
| 1560 | |||||||||
| 1561 | void Sema::EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E) { | ||||||||
| 1562 | E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||||||
| 1563 | const ObjCMessageExpr *MsgSend = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E); | ||||||||
| 1564 | if (!MsgSend) | ||||||||
| 1565 | return; | ||||||||
| 1566 | |||||||||
| 1567 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = MsgSend->getMethodDecl(); | ||||||||
| 1568 | if (!Method) | ||||||||
| 1569 | return; | ||||||||
| 1570 | |||||||||
| 1571 | if (!Method->hasRelatedResultType()) | ||||||||
| 1572 | return; | ||||||||
| 1573 | |||||||||
| 1574 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||||||
| 1575 | Method->getReturnType().getNonReferenceType(), MsgSend->getType())) | ||||||||
| 1576 | return; | ||||||||
| 1577 | |||||||||
| 1578 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Method->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
| 1579 | Context.getObjCInstanceType())) | ||||||||
| 1580 | return; | ||||||||
| 1581 | |||||||||
| 1582 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_related_result_type_inferred) | ||||||||
| 1583 | << Method->isInstanceMethod() << Method->getSelector() | ||||||||
| 1584 | << MsgSend->getType(); | ||||||||
| 1585 | } | ||||||||
| 1586 | |||||||||
| 1587 | bool Sema::CheckMessageArgumentTypes( | ||||||||
| 1588 | const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType, MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||||
| 1589 | Selector Sel, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||||
| 1590 | bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage, SourceLocation lbrac, | ||||||||
| 1591 | SourceLocation rbrac, SourceRange RecRange, QualType &ReturnType, | ||||||||
| 1592 | ExprValueKind &VK) { | ||||||||
| 1593 | SourceLocation SelLoc; | ||||||||
| 1594 | if (!SelectorLocs.empty() && SelectorLocs.front().isValid()) | ||||||||
| 1595 | SelLoc = SelectorLocs.front(); | ||||||||
| 1596 | else | ||||||||
| 1597 | SelLoc = lbrac; | ||||||||
| 1598 | |||||||||
| 1599 | if (!Method) { | ||||||||
| 1600 | // Apply default argument promotion as for (C99 6.5.2.2p6). | ||||||||
| 1601 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) { | ||||||||
| 1602 | if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
| 1603 | continue; | ||||||||
| 1604 | |||||||||
| 1605 | ExprResult result; | ||||||||
| 1606 | if (getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport) { | ||||||||
| 1607 | QualType paramTy; // ignored | ||||||||
| 1608 | result = checkUnknownAnyArg(SelLoc, Args[i], paramTy); | ||||||||
| 1609 | } else { | ||||||||
| 1610 | result = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Args[i]); | ||||||||
| 1611 | } | ||||||||
| 1612 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1613 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1614 | Args[i] = result.get(); | ||||||||
| 1615 | } | ||||||||
| 1616 | |||||||||
| 1617 | unsigned DiagID; | ||||||||
| 1618 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||||||
| 1619 | DiagID = diag::err_arc_method_not_found; | ||||||||
| 1620 | else | ||||||||
| 1621 | DiagID = isClassMessage ? diag::warn_class_method_not_found | ||||||||
| 1622 | : diag::warn_inst_method_not_found; | ||||||||
| 1623 | if (!getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport) { | ||||||||
| 1624 | const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Sel, ReceiverType); | ||||||||
| 1625 | if (OMD && !OMD->isInvalidDecl()) { | ||||||||
| 1626 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||||||
| 1627 | DiagID = diag::err_method_not_found_with_typo; | ||||||||
| 1628 | else | ||||||||
| 1629 | DiagID = isClassMessage ? diag::warn_class_method_not_found_with_typo | ||||||||
| 1630 | : diag::warn_instance_method_not_found_with_typo; | ||||||||
| 1631 | Selector MatchedSel = OMD->getSelector(); | ||||||||
| 1632 | SourceRange SelectorRange(SelectorLocs.front(), SelectorLocs.back()); | ||||||||
| 1633 | if (MatchedSel.isUnarySelector()) | ||||||||
| 1634 | Diag(SelLoc, DiagID) | ||||||||
| 1635 | << Sel<< isClassMessage << MatchedSel | ||||||||
| 1636 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SelectorRange, MatchedSel.getAsString()); | ||||||||
| 1637 | else | ||||||||
| 1638 | Diag(SelLoc, DiagID) << Sel<< isClassMessage << MatchedSel; | ||||||||
| 1639 | } | ||||||||
| 1640 | else | ||||||||
| 1641 | Diag(SelLoc, DiagID) | ||||||||
| 1642 | << Sel << isClassMessage << SourceRange(SelectorLocs.front(), | ||||||||
| 1643 | SelectorLocs.back()); | ||||||||
| 1644 | // Find the class to which we are sending this message. | ||||||||
| 1645 | if (auto *ObjPT = ReceiverType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
| 1646 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ThisClass = ObjPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { | ||||||||
| 1647 | Diag(ThisClass->getLocation(), diag::note_receiver_class_declared); | ||||||||
| 1648 | if (!RecRange.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1649 | if (ThisClass->lookupClassMethod(Sel)) | ||||||||
| 1650 | Diag(RecRange.getBegin(), diag::note_receiver_expr_here) | ||||||||
| 1651 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RecRange, | ||||||||
| 1652 | ThisClass->getNameAsString()); | ||||||||
| 1653 | } | ||||||||
| 1654 | } | ||||||||
| 1655 | } | ||||||||
| 1656 | |||||||||
| 1657 | // In debuggers, we want to use __unknown_anytype for these | ||||||||
| 1658 | // results so that clients can cast them. | ||||||||
| 1659 | if (getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport) { | ||||||||
| 1660 | ReturnType = Context.UnknownAnyTy; | ||||||||
| 1661 | } else { | ||||||||
| 1662 | ReturnType = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||||
| 1663 | } | ||||||||
| 1664 | VK = VK_RValue; | ||||||||
| 1665 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1666 | } | ||||||||
| 1667 | |||||||||
| 1668 | ReturnType = getMessageSendResultType(Receiver, ReceiverType, Method, | ||||||||
| 1669 | isClassMessage, isSuperMessage); | ||||||||
| 1670 | VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(Method->getReturnType()); | ||||||||
| 1671 | |||||||||
| 1672 | unsigned NumNamedArgs = Sel.getNumArgs(); | ||||||||
| 1673 | // Method might have more arguments than selector indicates. This is due | ||||||||
| 1674 | // to addition of c-style arguments in method. | ||||||||
| 1675 | if (Method->param_size() > Sel.getNumArgs()) | ||||||||
| 1676 | NumNamedArgs = Method->param_size(); | ||||||||
| 1677 | // FIXME. This need be cleaned up. | ||||||||
| 1678 | if (Args.size() < NumNamedArgs) { | ||||||||
| 1679 | Diag(SelLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) | ||||||||
| 1680 | << 2 << NumNamedArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()); | ||||||||
| 1681 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1682 | } | ||||||||
| 1683 | |||||||||
| 1684 | // Compute the set of type arguments to be substituted into each parameter | ||||||||
| 1685 | // type. | ||||||||
| 1686 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> typeArgs | ||||||||
| 1687 | = ReceiverType->getObjCSubstitutions(Method->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
| 1688 | bool IsError = false; | ||||||||
| 1689 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumNamedArgs; i++) { | ||||||||
| 1690 | // We can't do any type-checking on a type-dependent argument. | ||||||||
| 1691 | if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
| 1692 | continue; | ||||||||
| 1693 | |||||||||
| 1694 | Expr *argExpr = Args[i]; | ||||||||
| 1695 | |||||||||
| 1696 | ParmVarDecl *param = Method->parameters()[i]; | ||||||||
| 1697 | assert(argExpr && "CheckMessageArgumentTypes(): missing expression")((argExpr && "CheckMessageArgumentTypes(): missing expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("argExpr && \"CheckMessageArgumentTypes(): missing expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 1697, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 1698 | |||||||||
| 1699 | if (param->hasAttr<NoEscapeAttr>()) | ||||||||
| 1700 | if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>( | ||||||||
| 1701 | argExpr->IgnoreParenNoopCasts(Context))) | ||||||||
| 1702 | BE->getBlockDecl()->setDoesNotEscape(); | ||||||||
| 1703 | |||||||||
| 1704 | // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off unless it's | ||||||||
| 1705 | // a consumed argument. | ||||||||
| 1706 | if (argExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast) && | ||||||||
| 1707 | !param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()) | ||||||||
| 1708 | argExpr = stripARCUnbridgedCast(argExpr); | ||||||||
| 1709 | |||||||||
| 1710 | // If the parameter is __unknown_anytype, infer its type | ||||||||
| 1711 | // from the argument. | ||||||||
| 1712 | if (param->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||||||
| 1713 | QualType paramType; | ||||||||
| 1714 | ExprResult argE = checkUnknownAnyArg(SelLoc, argExpr, paramType); | ||||||||
| 1715 | if (argE.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
| 1716 | IsError = true; | ||||||||
| 1717 | } else { | ||||||||
| 1718 | Args[i] = argE.get(); | ||||||||
| 1719 | |||||||||
| 1720 | // Update the parameter type in-place. | ||||||||
| 1721 | param->setType(paramType); | ||||||||
| 1722 | } | ||||||||
| 1723 | continue; | ||||||||
| 1724 | } | ||||||||
| 1725 | |||||||||
| 1726 | QualType origParamType = param->getType(); | ||||||||
| 1727 | QualType paramType = param->getType(); | ||||||||
| 1728 | if (typeArgs) | ||||||||
| 1729 | paramType = paramType.substObjCTypeArgs( | ||||||||
| 1730 | Context, | ||||||||
| 1731 | *typeArgs, | ||||||||
| 1732 | ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter); | ||||||||
| 1733 | |||||||||
| 1734 | if (RequireCompleteType(argExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(), | ||||||||
| 1735 | paramType, | ||||||||
| 1736 | diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, argExpr)) | ||||||||
| 1737 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1738 | |||||||||
| 1739 | InitializedEntity Entity | ||||||||
| 1740 | = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, param, paramType); | ||||||||
| 1741 | ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), argExpr); | ||||||||
| 1742 | if (ArgE.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 1743 | IsError = true; | ||||||||
| 1744 | else { | ||||||||
| 1745 | Args[i] = ArgE.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||||||
| 1746 | |||||||||
| 1747 | // If we are type-erasing a block to a block-compatible | ||||||||
| 1748 | // Objective-C pointer type, we may need to extend the lifetime | ||||||||
| 1749 | // of the block object. | ||||||||
| 1750 | if (typeArgs && Args[i]->isRValue() && paramType->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||||||
| 1751 | Args[i]->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||||||
| 1752 | origParamType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 1753 | ExprResult arg = Args[i]; | ||||||||
| 1754 | maybeExtendBlockObject(arg); | ||||||||
| 1755 | Args[i] = arg.get(); | ||||||||
| 1756 | } | ||||||||
| 1757 | } | ||||||||
| 1758 | } | ||||||||
| 1759 | |||||||||
| 1760 | // Promote additional arguments to variadic methods. | ||||||||
| 1761 | if (Method->isVariadic()) { | ||||||||
| 1762 | for (unsigned i = NumNamedArgs, e = Args.size(); i < e; ++i) { | ||||||||
| 1763 | if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) | ||||||||
| 1764 | continue; | ||||||||
| 1765 | |||||||||
| 1766 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod, | ||||||||
| 1767 | nullptr); | ||||||||
| 1768 | IsError |= Arg.isInvalid(); | ||||||||
| 1769 | Args[i] = Arg.get(); | ||||||||
| 1770 | } | ||||||||
| 1771 | } else { | ||||||||
| 1772 | // Check for extra arguments to non-variadic methods. | ||||||||
| 1773 | if (Args.size() != NumNamedArgs) { | ||||||||
| 1774 | Diag(Args[NumNamedArgs]->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 1775 | diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) | ||||||||
| 1776 | << 2 /*method*/ << NumNamedArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) | ||||||||
| 1777 | << Method->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
| 1778 | << SourceRange(Args[NumNamedArgs]->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 1779 | Args.back()->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
| 1780 | } | ||||||||
| 1781 | } | ||||||||
| 1782 | |||||||||
| 1783 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(Method, SelLoc, Args); | ||||||||
| 1784 | |||||||||
| 1785 | // Do additional checkings on method. | ||||||||
| 1786 | IsError |= CheckObjCMethodCall( | ||||||||
| 1787 | Method, SelLoc, makeArrayRef(Args.data(), Args.size())); | ||||||||
| 1788 | |||||||||
| 1789 | return IsError; | ||||||||
| 1790 | } | ||||||||
| 1791 | |||||||||
| 1792 | bool Sema::isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr) { | ||||||||
| 1793 | // 'self' is objc 'self' in an objc method only. | ||||||||
| 1794 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = | ||||||||
| 1795 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(CurContext->getNonClosureAncestor()); | ||||||||
| 1796 | return isSelfExpr(RExpr, Method); | ||||||||
| 1797 | } | ||||||||
| 1798 | |||||||||
| 1799 | bool Sema::isSelfExpr(Expr *receiver, const ObjCMethodDecl *method) { | ||||||||
| 1800 | if (!method) return false; | ||||||||
| 1801 | |||||||||
| 1802 | receiver = receiver->IgnoreParenLValueCasts(); | ||||||||
| 1803 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(receiver)) | ||||||||
| 1804 | if (DRE->getDecl() == method->getSelfDecl()) | ||||||||
| 1805 | return true; | ||||||||
| 1806 | return false; | ||||||||
| 1807 | } | ||||||||
| 1808 | |||||||||
| 1809 | /// LookupMethodInType - Look up a method in an ObjCObjectType. | ||||||||
| 1810 | ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector sel, QualType type, | ||||||||
| 1811 | bool isInstance) { | ||||||||
| 1812 | const ObjCObjectType *objType = type->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); | ||||||||
| 1813 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *iface = objType->getInterface()) { | ||||||||
| 1814 | // Look it up in the main interface (and categories, etc.) | ||||||||
| 1815 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *method = iface->lookupMethod(sel, isInstance)) | ||||||||
| 1816 | return method; | ||||||||
| 1817 | |||||||||
| 1818 | // Okay, look for "private" methods declared in any | ||||||||
| 1819 | // @implementations we've seen. | ||||||||
| 1820 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *method = iface->lookupPrivateMethod(sel, isInstance)) | ||||||||
| 1821 | return method; | ||||||||
| 1822 | } | ||||||||
| 1823 | |||||||||
| 1824 | // Check qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 1825 | for (const auto *I : objType->quals()) | ||||||||
| 1826 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *method = I->lookupMethod(sel, isInstance)) | ||||||||
| 1827 | return method; | ||||||||
| 1828 | |||||||||
| 1829 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1830 | } | ||||||||
| 1831 | |||||||||
| 1832 | /// LookupMethodInQualifiedType - Lookups up a method in protocol qualifier | ||||||||
| 1833 | /// list of a qualified objective pointer type. | ||||||||
| 1834 | ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, | ||||||||
| 1835 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, | ||||||||
| 1836 | bool Instance) | ||||||||
| 1837 | { | ||||||||
| 1838 | ObjCMethodDecl *MD = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1839 | for (const auto *PROTO : OPT->quals()) { | ||||||||
| 1840 | if ((MD = PROTO->lookupMethod(Sel, Instance))) { | ||||||||
| 1841 | return MD; | ||||||||
| 1842 | } | ||||||||
| 1843 | } | ||||||||
| 1844 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 1845 | } | ||||||||
| 1846 | |||||||||
| 1847 | /// HandleExprPropertyRefExpr - Handle foo.bar where foo is a pointer to an | ||||||||
| 1848 | /// objective C interface. This is a property reference expression. | ||||||||
| 1849 | ExprResult Sema:: | ||||||||
| 1850 | HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, | ||||||||
| 1851 | Expr *BaseExpr, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||||||
| 1852 | DeclarationName MemberName, | ||||||||
| 1853 | SourceLocation MemberLoc, | ||||||||
| 1854 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, | ||||||||
| 1855 | bool Super) { | ||||||||
| 1856 | const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType(); | ||||||||
| 1857 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl(); | ||||||||
| 1858 | |||||||||
| 1859 | if (!MemberName.isIdentifier()) { | ||||||||
| 1860 | Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_invalid_property_name) | ||||||||
| 1861 | << MemberName << QualType(OPT, 0); | ||||||||
| 1862 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 1863 | } | ||||||||
| 1864 | |||||||||
| 1865 | IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); | ||||||||
| 1866 | |||||||||
| 1867 | SourceRange BaseRange = Super
| ||||||||
| 1868 | : BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 1869 | if (RequireCompleteType(MemberLoc, OPT->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
| 1870 | diag::err_property_not_found_forward_class, | ||||||||
| 1871 | MemberName, BaseRange)) | ||||||||
| 1872 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 1873 | |||||||||
| 1874 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration( | ||||||||
| 1875 | Member, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) { | ||||||||
| 1876 | // Check whether we can reference this property. | ||||||||
| 1877 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc)) | ||||||||
| 1878 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 1879 | if (Super) | ||||||||
| 1880 | return new (Context) | ||||||||
| 1881 | ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, | ||||||||
| 1882 | OK_ObjCProperty, MemberLoc, SuperLoc, SuperType); | ||||||||
| 1883 | else | ||||||||
| 1884 | return new (Context) | ||||||||
| 1885 | ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, | ||||||||
| 1886 | OK_ObjCProperty, MemberLoc, BaseExpr); | ||||||||
| 1887 | } | ||||||||
| 1888 | // Check protocols on qualified interfaces. | ||||||||
| 1889 | for (const auto *I : OPT->quals()) | ||||||||
| 1890 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = I->FindPropertyDeclaration( | ||||||||
| 1891 | Member, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) { | ||||||||
| 1892 | // Check whether we can reference this property. | ||||||||
| 1893 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc)) | ||||||||
| 1894 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 1895 | |||||||||
| 1896 | if (Super) | ||||||||
| 1897 | return new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr( | ||||||||
| 1898 | PD, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, OK_ObjCProperty, MemberLoc, | ||||||||
| 1899 | SuperLoc, SuperType); | ||||||||
| 1900 | else | ||||||||
| 1901 | return new (Context) | ||||||||
| 1902 | ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, | ||||||||
| 1903 | OK_ObjCProperty, MemberLoc, BaseExpr); | ||||||||
| 1904 | } | ||||||||
| 1905 | // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary | ||||||||
| 1906 | // selector is implemented. | ||||||||
| 1907 | |||||||||
| 1908 | // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be | ||||||||
| 1909 | // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage. | ||||||||
| 1910 | |||||||||
| 1911 | Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member); | ||||||||
| 1912 | ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel); | ||||||||
| 1913 | |||||||||
| 1914 | // May be found in property's qualified list. | ||||||||
| 1915 | if (!Getter) | ||||||||
| 1916 | Getter = LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Sel, OPT, true); | ||||||||
| 1917 | |||||||||
| 1918 | // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods. | ||||||||
| 1919 | if (!Getter) | ||||||||
| 1920 | Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateMethod(Sel); | ||||||||
| 1921 | |||||||||
| 1922 | if (Getter) { | ||||||||
| 1923 | // Check if we can reference this property. | ||||||||
| 1924 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc)) | ||||||||
| 1925 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 1926 | } | ||||||||
| 1927 | // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we | ||||||||
| 1928 | // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed. | ||||||||
| 1929 | Selector SetterSel = | ||||||||
| 1930 | SelectorTable::constructSetterSelector(PP.getIdentifierTable(), | ||||||||
| 1931 | PP.getSelectorTable(), Member); | ||||||||
| 1932 | ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel); | ||||||||
| 1933 | |||||||||
| 1934 | // May be found in property's qualified list. | ||||||||
| 1935 | if (!Setter) | ||||||||
| 1936 | Setter = LookupMethodInQualifiedType(SetterSel, OPT, true); | ||||||||
| 1937 | |||||||||
| 1938 | if (!Setter) { | ||||||||
| 1939 | // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private' | ||||||||
| 1940 | // methods. | ||||||||
| 1941 | Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateMethod(SetterSel); | ||||||||
| 1942 | } | ||||||||
| 1943 | |||||||||
| 1944 | if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc)) | ||||||||
| 1945 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 1946 | |||||||||
| 1947 | // Special warning if member name used in a property-dot for a setter accessor | ||||||||
| 1948 | // does not use a property with same name; e.g. obj.X = ... for a property with | ||||||||
| 1949 | // name 'x'. | ||||||||
| 1950 | if (Setter
| ||||||||
| 1951 | !IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration( | ||||||||
| 1952 | Member, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) { | ||||||||
| 1953 | if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = Setter->findPropertyDecl()) { | ||||||||
| 1954 | // Do not warn if user is using property-dot syntax to make call to | ||||||||
| 1955 | // user named setter. | ||||||||
| 1956 | if (!(PDecl->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter)) | ||||||||
| 1957 | Diag(MemberLoc, | ||||||||
| 1958 | diag::warn_property_access_suggest) | ||||||||
| 1959 | << MemberName << QualType(OPT, 0) << PDecl->getName() | ||||||||
| 1960 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(MemberLoc, PDecl->getName()); | ||||||||
| 1961 | } | ||||||||
| 1962 | } | ||||||||
| 1963 | |||||||||
| 1964 | if (Getter
| ||||||||
| 1965 | if (Super) | ||||||||
| 1966 | return new (Context) | ||||||||
| 1967 | ObjCPropertyRefExpr(Getter, Setter, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, | ||||||||
| 1968 | OK_ObjCProperty, MemberLoc, SuperLoc, SuperType); | ||||||||
| 1969 | else | ||||||||
| 1970 | return new (Context) | ||||||||
| 1971 | ObjCPropertyRefExpr(Getter, Setter, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, | ||||||||
| 1972 | OK_ObjCProperty, MemberLoc, BaseExpr); | ||||||||
| 1973 | |||||||||
| 1974 | } | ||||||||
| 1975 | |||||||||
| 1976 | // Attempt to correct for typos in property names. | ||||||||
| 1977 | DeclFilterCCC<ObjCPropertyDecl> CCC{}; | ||||||||
| 1978 | if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo( | ||||||||
| 1979 | DeclarationNameInfo(MemberName, MemberLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, | ||||||||
| 1980 | nullptr, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery, IFace, false, OPT)) { | ||||||||
| 1981 | DeclarationName TypoResult = Corrected.getCorrection(); | ||||||||
| 1982 | if (TypoResult.isIdentifier() && | ||||||||
| 1983 | TypoResult.getAsIdentifierInfo() == Member) { | ||||||||
| 1984 | // There is no need to try the correction if it is the same. | ||||||||
| 1985 | NamedDecl *ChosenDecl = | ||||||||
| 1986 | Corrected.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Corrected.getFoundDecl(); | ||||||||
| 1987 | if (ChosenDecl && isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ChosenDecl)) | ||||||||
| 1988 | if (cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ChosenDecl)->isClassProperty()) { | ||||||||
| 1989 | // This is a class property, we should not use the instance to | ||||||||
| 1990 | // access it. | ||||||||
| 1991 | Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_class_property_found) << MemberName | ||||||||
| 1992 | << OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getName() | ||||||||
| 1993 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(BaseExpr->getSourceRange(), | ||||||||
| |||||||||
| 1994 | OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getName()); | ||||||||
| 1995 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 1996 | } | ||||||||
| 1997 | } else { | ||||||||
| 1998 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_property_not_found_suggest) | ||||||||
| 1999 | << MemberName << QualType(OPT, 0)); | ||||||||
| 2000 | return HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(OPT, BaseExpr, OpLoc, | ||||||||
| 2001 | TypoResult, MemberLoc, | ||||||||
| 2002 | SuperLoc, SuperType, Super); | ||||||||
| 2003 | } | ||||||||
| 2004 | } | ||||||||
| 2005 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; | ||||||||
| 2006 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = | ||||||||
| 2007 | IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared)) { | ||||||||
| 2008 | QualType T = Ivar->getType(); | ||||||||
| 2009 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType * OBJPT = | ||||||||
| 2010 | T->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 2011 | if (RequireCompleteType(MemberLoc, OBJPT->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
| 2012 | diag::err_property_not_as_forward_class, | ||||||||
| 2013 | MemberName, BaseExpr)) | ||||||||
| 2014 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2015 | } | ||||||||
| 2016 | Diag(MemberLoc, | ||||||||
| 2017 | diag::err_ivar_access_using_property_syntax_suggest) | ||||||||
| 2018 | << MemberName << QualType(OPT, 0) << Ivar->getDeclName() | ||||||||
| 2019 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->"); | ||||||||
| 2020 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2021 | } | ||||||||
| 2022 | |||||||||
| 2023 | Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found) | ||||||||
| 2024 | << MemberName << QualType(OPT, 0); | ||||||||
| 2025 | if (Setter) | ||||||||
| 2026 | Diag(Setter->getLocation(), diag::note_getter_unavailable) | ||||||||
| 2027 | << MemberName << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 2028 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2029 | } | ||||||||
| 2030 | |||||||||
| 2031 | ExprResult Sema:: | ||||||||
| 2032 | ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, | ||||||||
| 2033 | IdentifierInfo &propertyName, | ||||||||
| 2034 | SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, | ||||||||
| 2035 | SourceLocation propertyNameLoc) { | ||||||||
| 2036 | |||||||||
| 2037 | IdentifierInfo *receiverNamePtr = &receiverName; | ||||||||
| 2038 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getObjCInterfaceDecl(receiverNamePtr, | ||||||||
| 2039 | receiverNameLoc); | ||||||||
| 2040 | |||||||||
| 2041 | QualType SuperType; | ||||||||
| 2042 | if (!IFace) { | ||||||||
| |||||||||
| 2043 | // If the "receiver" is 'super' in a method, handle it as an expression-like | ||||||||
| 2044 | // property reference. | ||||||||
| 2045 | if (receiverNamePtr->isStr("super")) { | ||||||||
| 2046 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod
| ||||||||
| 2047 | if (auto classDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) { | ||||||||
| 2048 | SuperType = QualType(classDecl->getSuperClassType(), 0); | ||||||||
| 2049 | if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) { | ||||||||
| 2050 | if (SuperType.isNull()) { | ||||||||
| 2051 | // The current class does not have a superclass. | ||||||||
| 2052 | Diag(receiverNameLoc, diag::err_root_class_cannot_use_super) | ||||||||
| 2053 | << CurMethod->getClassInterface()->getIdentifier(); | ||||||||
| 2054 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2055 | } | ||||||||
| 2056 | QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(SuperType); | ||||||||
| 2057 | |||||||||
| 2058 | return HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), | ||||||||
| 2059 | /*BaseExpr*/nullptr, | ||||||||
| 2060 | SourceLocation()/*OpLoc*/, | ||||||||
| 2061 | &propertyName, | ||||||||
| 2062 | propertyNameLoc, | ||||||||
| 2063 | receiverNameLoc, T, true); | ||||||||
| 2064 | } | ||||||||
| 2065 | |||||||||
| 2066 | // Otherwise, if this is a class method, try dispatching to our | ||||||||
| 2067 | // superclass. | ||||||||
| 2068 | IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()->getSuperClass(); | ||||||||
| 2069 | } | ||||||||
| 2070 | } | ||||||||
| 2071 | } | ||||||||
| 2072 | |||||||||
| 2073 | if (!IFace) { | ||||||||
| 2074 | Diag(receiverNameLoc, diag::err_expected_either) << tok::identifier | ||||||||
| 2075 | << tok::l_paren; | ||||||||
| 2076 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2077 | } | ||||||||
| 2078 | } | ||||||||
| 2079 | |||||||||
| 2080 | Selector GetterSel; | ||||||||
| 2081 | Selector SetterSel; | ||||||||
| 2082 | if (auto PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration( | ||||||||
| 2083 | &propertyName, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_class)) { | ||||||||
| 2084 | GetterSel = PD->getGetterName(); | ||||||||
| 2085 | SetterSel = PD->getSetterName(); | ||||||||
| 2086 | } else { | ||||||||
| 2087 | GetterSel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&propertyName); | ||||||||
| 2088 | SetterSel = SelectorTable::constructSetterSelector( | ||||||||
| 2089 | PP.getIdentifierTable(), PP.getSelectorTable(), &propertyName); | ||||||||
| 2090 | } | ||||||||
| 2091 | |||||||||
| 2092 | // Search for a declared property first. | ||||||||
| 2093 | ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(GetterSel); | ||||||||
| 2094 | |||||||||
| 2095 | // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods. | ||||||||
| 2096 | if (!Getter) | ||||||||
| 2097 | Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateClassMethod(GetterSel); | ||||||||
| 2098 | |||||||||
| 2099 | if (Getter) { | ||||||||
| 2100 | // FIXME: refactor/share with ActOnMemberReference(). | ||||||||
| 2101 | // Check if we can reference this property. | ||||||||
| 2102 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, propertyNameLoc)) | ||||||||
| 2103 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2104 | } | ||||||||
| 2105 | |||||||||
| 2106 | // Look for the matching setter, in case it is needed. | ||||||||
| 2107 | ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel); | ||||||||
| 2108 | if (!Setter) { | ||||||||
| 2109 | // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private' | ||||||||
| 2110 | // methods. | ||||||||
| 2111 | Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateClassMethod(SetterSel); | ||||||||
| 2112 | } | ||||||||
| 2113 | // Look through local category implementations associated with the class. | ||||||||
| 2114 | if (!Setter) | ||||||||
| 2115 | Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel); | ||||||||
| 2116 | |||||||||
| 2117 | if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, propertyNameLoc)) | ||||||||
| 2118 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2119 | |||||||||
| 2120 | if (Getter || Setter) { | ||||||||
| 2121 | if (!SuperType.isNull()) | ||||||||
| 2122 | return new (Context) | ||||||||
| 2123 | ObjCPropertyRefExpr(Getter, Setter, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, | ||||||||
| 2124 | OK_ObjCProperty, propertyNameLoc, receiverNameLoc, | ||||||||
| 2125 | SuperType); | ||||||||
| 2126 | |||||||||
| 2127 | return new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr( | ||||||||
| 2128 | Getter, Setter, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, OK_ObjCProperty, | ||||||||
| 2129 | propertyNameLoc, receiverNameLoc, IFace); | ||||||||
| 2130 | } | ||||||||
| 2131 | return ExprError(Diag(propertyNameLoc, diag::err_property_not_found) | ||||||||
| 2132 | << &propertyName << Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace)); | ||||||||
| 2133 | } | ||||||||
| 2134 | |||||||||
| 2135 | namespace { | ||||||||
| 2136 | |||||||||
| 2137 | class ObjCInterfaceOrSuperCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { | ||||||||
| 2138 | public: | ||||||||
| 2139 | ObjCInterfaceOrSuperCCC(ObjCMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||||||
| 2140 | // Determine whether "super" is acceptable in the current context. | ||||||||
| 2141 | if (Method && Method->getClassInterface()) | ||||||||
| 2142 | WantObjCSuper = Method->getClassInterface()->getSuperClass(); | ||||||||
| 2143 | } | ||||||||
| 2144 | |||||||||
| 2145 | bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { | ||||||||
| 2146 | return candidate.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>() || | ||||||||
| 2147 | candidate.isKeyword("super"); | ||||||||
| 2148 | } | ||||||||
| 2149 | |||||||||
| 2150 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { | ||||||||
| 2151 | return std::make_unique<ObjCInterfaceOrSuperCCC>(*this); | ||||||||
| 2152 | } | ||||||||
| 2153 | }; | ||||||||
| 2154 | |||||||||
| 2155 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||||
| 2156 | |||||||||
| 2157 | Sema::ObjCMessageKind Sema::getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, | ||||||||
| 2158 | IdentifierInfo *Name, | ||||||||
| 2159 | SourceLocation NameLoc, | ||||||||
| 2160 | bool IsSuper, | ||||||||
| 2161 | bool HasTrailingDot, | ||||||||
| 2162 | ParsedType &ReceiverType) { | ||||||||
| 2163 | ReceiverType = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 2164 | |||||||||
| 2165 | // If the identifier is "super" and there is no trailing dot, we're | ||||||||
| 2166 | // messaging super. If the identifier is "super" and there is a | ||||||||
| 2167 | // trailing dot, it's an instance message. | ||||||||
| 2168 | if (IsSuper && S->isInObjcMethodScope()) | ||||||||
| 2169 | return HasTrailingDot? ObjCInstanceMessage : ObjCSuperMessage; | ||||||||
| 2170 | |||||||||
| 2171 | LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
| 2172 | LookupName(Result, S); | ||||||||
| 2173 | |||||||||
| 2174 | switch (Result.getResultKind()) { | ||||||||
| 2175 | case LookupResult::NotFound: | ||||||||
| 2176 | // Normal name lookup didn't find anything. If we're in an | ||||||||
| 2177 | // Objective-C method, look for ivars. If we find one, we're done! | ||||||||
| 2178 | // FIXME: This is a hack. Ivar lookup should be part of normal | ||||||||
| 2179 | // lookup. | ||||||||
| 2180 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = getCurMethodDecl()) { | ||||||||
| 2181 | if (!Method->getClassInterface()) { | ||||||||
| 2182 | // Fall back: let the parser try to parse it as an instance message. | ||||||||
| 2183 | return ObjCInstanceMessage; | ||||||||
| 2184 | } | ||||||||
| 2185 | |||||||||
| 2186 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; | ||||||||
| 2187 | if (Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name, | ||||||||
| 2188 | ClassDeclared)) | ||||||||
| 2189 | return ObjCInstanceMessage; | ||||||||
| 2190 | } | ||||||||
| 2191 | |||||||||
| 2192 | // Break out; we'll perform typo correction below. | ||||||||
| 2193 | break; | ||||||||
| 2194 | |||||||||
| 2195 | case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: | ||||||||
| 2196 | case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: | ||||||||
| 2197 | case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: | ||||||||
| 2198 | case LookupResult::Ambiguous: | ||||||||
| 2199 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||||||
| 2200 | return ObjCInstanceMessage; | ||||||||
| 2201 | |||||||||
| 2202 | case LookupResult::Found: { | ||||||||
| 2203 | // If the identifier is a class or not, and there is a trailing dot, | ||||||||
| 2204 | // it's an instance message. | ||||||||
| 2205 | if (HasTrailingDot) | ||||||||
| 2206 | return ObjCInstanceMessage; | ||||||||
| 2207 | // We found something. If it's a type, then we have a class | ||||||||
| 2208 | // message. Otherwise, it's an instance message. | ||||||||
| 2209 | NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl(); | ||||||||
| 2210 | QualType T; | ||||||||
| 2211 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) | ||||||||
| 2212 | T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); | ||||||||
| 2213 | else if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(ND)) { | ||||||||
| 2214 | T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); | ||||||||
| 2215 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); | ||||||||
| 2216 | } | ||||||||
| 2217 | else | ||||||||
| 2218 | return ObjCInstanceMessage; | ||||||||
| 2219 | |||||||||
| 2220 | // We have a class message, and T is the type we're | ||||||||
| 2221 | // messaging. Build source-location information for it. | ||||||||
| 2222 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc); | ||||||||
| 2223 | ReceiverType = CreateParsedType(T, TSInfo); | ||||||||
| 2224 | return ObjCClassMessage; | ||||||||
| 2225 | } | ||||||||
| 2226 | } | ||||||||
| 2227 | |||||||||
| 2228 | ObjCInterfaceOrSuperCCC CCC(getCurMethodDecl()); | ||||||||
| 2229 | if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo( | ||||||||
| 2230 | Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S, nullptr, CCC, | ||||||||
| 2231 | CTK_ErrorRecovery, nullptr, false, nullptr, false)) { | ||||||||
| 2232 | if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { | ||||||||
| 2233 | // If we've found the keyword "super" (the only keyword that would be | ||||||||
| 2234 | // returned by CorrectTypo), this is a send to super. | ||||||||
| 2235 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, | ||||||||
| 2236 | PDiag(diag::err_unknown_receiver_suggest) << Name); | ||||||||
| 2237 | return ObjCSuperMessage; | ||||||||
| 2238 | } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = | ||||||||
| 2239 | Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>()) { | ||||||||
| 2240 | // If we found a declaration, correct when it refers to an Objective-C | ||||||||
| 2241 | // class. | ||||||||
| 2242 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, | ||||||||
| 2243 | PDiag(diag::err_unknown_receiver_suggest) << Name); | ||||||||
| 2244 | QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); | ||||||||
| 2245 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc); | ||||||||
| 2246 | ReceiverType = CreateParsedType(T, TSInfo); | ||||||||
| 2247 | return ObjCClassMessage; | ||||||||
| 2248 | } | ||||||||
| 2249 | } | ||||||||
| 2250 | |||||||||
| 2251 | // Fall back: let the parser try to parse it as an instance message. | ||||||||
| 2252 | return ObjCInstanceMessage; | ||||||||
| 2253 | } | ||||||||
| 2254 | |||||||||
| 2255 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, | ||||||||
| 2256 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, | ||||||||
| 2257 | Selector Sel, | ||||||||
| 2258 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 2259 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, | ||||||||
| 2260 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 2261 | MultiExprArg Args) { | ||||||||
| 2262 | // Determine whether we are inside a method or not. | ||||||||
| 2263 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = tryCaptureObjCSelf(SuperLoc); | ||||||||
| 2264 | if (!Method) { | ||||||||
| 2265 | Diag(SuperLoc, diag::err_invalid_receiver_to_message_super); | ||||||||
| 2266 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2267 | } | ||||||||
| 2268 | |||||||||
| 2269 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface(); | ||||||||
| 2270 | if (!Class) { | ||||||||
| 2271 | Diag(SuperLoc, diag::err_no_super_class_message) | ||||||||
| 2272 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 2273 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2274 | } | ||||||||
| 2275 | |||||||||
| 2276 | QualType SuperTy(Class->getSuperClassType(), 0); | ||||||||
| 2277 | if (SuperTy.isNull()) { | ||||||||
| 2278 | // The current class does not have a superclass. | ||||||||
| 2279 | Diag(SuperLoc, diag::err_root_class_cannot_use_super) | ||||||||
| 2280 | << Class->getIdentifier(); | ||||||||
| 2281 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2282 | } | ||||||||
| 2283 | |||||||||
| 2284 | // We are in a method whose class has a superclass, so 'super' | ||||||||
| 2285 | // is acting as a keyword. | ||||||||
| 2286 | if (Method->getSelector() == Sel) | ||||||||
| 2287 | getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; | ||||||||
| 2288 | |||||||||
| 2289 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) { | ||||||||
| 2290 | // Since we are in an instance method, this is an instance | ||||||||
| 2291 | // message to the superclass instance. | ||||||||
| 2292 | SuperTy = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(SuperTy); | ||||||||
| 2293 | return BuildInstanceMessage(nullptr, SuperTy, SuperLoc, | ||||||||
| 2294 | Sel, /*Method=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
| 2295 | LBracLoc, SelectorLocs, RBracLoc, Args); | ||||||||
| 2296 | } | ||||||||
| 2297 | |||||||||
| 2298 | // Since we are in a class method, this is a class message to | ||||||||
| 2299 | // the superclass. | ||||||||
| 2300 | return BuildClassMessage(/*ReceiverTypeInfo=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
| 2301 | SuperTy, | ||||||||
| 2302 | SuperLoc, Sel, /*Method=*/nullptr, | ||||||||
| 2303 | LBracLoc, SelectorLocs, RBracLoc, Args); | ||||||||
| 2304 | } | ||||||||
| 2305 | |||||||||
| 2306 | ExprResult Sema::BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, | ||||||||
| 2307 | bool isSuperReceiver, | ||||||||
| 2308 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 2309 | Selector Sel, | ||||||||
| 2310 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||||
| 2311 | MultiExprArg Args) { | ||||||||
| 2312 | TypeSourceInfo *receiverTypeInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 2313 | if (!ReceiverType.isNull()) | ||||||||
| 2314 | receiverTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ReceiverType); | ||||||||
| 2315 | |||||||||
| 2316 | return BuildClassMessage(receiverTypeInfo, ReceiverType, | ||||||||
| 2317 | /*SuperLoc=*/isSuperReceiver ? Loc : SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 2318 | Sel, Method, Loc, Loc, Loc, Args, | ||||||||
| 2319 | /*isImplicit=*/true); | ||||||||
| 2320 | } | ||||||||
| 2321 | |||||||||
| 2322 | static void applyCocoaAPICheck(Sema &S, const ObjCMessageExpr *Msg, | ||||||||
| 2323 | unsigned DiagID, | ||||||||
| 2324 | bool (*refactor)(const ObjCMessageExpr *, | ||||||||
| 2325 | const NSAPI &, edit::Commit &)) { | ||||||||
| 2326 | SourceLocation MsgLoc = Msg->getExprLoc(); | ||||||||
| 2327 | if (S.Diags.isIgnored(DiagID, MsgLoc)) | ||||||||
| 2328 | return; | ||||||||
| 2329 | |||||||||
| 2330 | SourceManager &SM = S.SourceMgr; | ||||||||
| 2331 | edit::Commit ECommit(SM, S.LangOpts); | ||||||||
| 2332 | if (refactor(Msg,*S.NSAPIObj, ECommit)) { | ||||||||
| 2333 | DiagnosticBuilder Builder = S.Diag(MsgLoc, DiagID) | ||||||||
| 2334 | << Msg->getSelector() << Msg->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 2335 | // FIXME: Don't emit diagnostic at all if fixits are non-commitable. | ||||||||
| 2336 | if (!ECommit.isCommitable()) | ||||||||
| 2337 | return; | ||||||||
| 2338 | for (edit::Commit::edit_iterator | ||||||||
| 2339 | I = ECommit.edit_begin(), E = ECommit.edit_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
| 2340 | const edit::Commit::Edit &Edit = *I; | ||||||||
| 2341 | switch (Edit.Kind) { | ||||||||
| 2342 | case edit::Commit::Act_Insert: | ||||||||
| 2343 | Builder.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Edit.OrigLoc, | ||||||||
| 2344 | Edit.Text, | ||||||||
| 2345 | Edit.BeforePrev)); | ||||||||
| 2346 | break; | ||||||||
| 2347 | case edit::Commit::Act_InsertFromRange: | ||||||||
| 2348 | Builder.AddFixItHint( | ||||||||
| 2349 | FixItHint::CreateInsertionFromRange(Edit.OrigLoc, | ||||||||
| 2350 | Edit.getInsertFromRange(SM), | ||||||||
| 2351 | Edit.BeforePrev)); | ||||||||
| 2352 | break; | ||||||||
| 2353 | case edit::Commit::Act_Remove: | ||||||||
| 2354 | Builder.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Edit.getFileRange(SM))); | ||||||||
| 2355 | break; | ||||||||
| 2356 | } | ||||||||
| 2357 | } | ||||||||
| 2358 | } | ||||||||
| 2359 | } | ||||||||
| 2360 | |||||||||
| 2361 | static void checkCocoaAPI(Sema &S, const ObjCMessageExpr *Msg) { | ||||||||
| 2362 | applyCocoaAPICheck(S, Msg, diag::warn_objc_redundant_literal_use, | ||||||||
| 2363 | edit::rewriteObjCRedundantCallWithLiteral); | ||||||||
| 2364 | } | ||||||||
| 2365 | |||||||||
| 2366 | static void checkFoundationAPI(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 2367 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||||
| 2368 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, QualType ReceiverType, | ||||||||
| 2369 | bool IsClassObjectCall) { | ||||||||
| 2370 | // Check if this is a performSelector method that uses a selector that returns | ||||||||
| 2371 | // a record or a vector type. | ||||||||
| 2372 | if (Method->getSelector().getMethodFamily() != OMF_performSelector || | ||||||||
| 2373 | Args.empty()) | ||||||||
| 2374 | return; | ||||||||
| 2375 | const auto *SE = dyn_cast<ObjCSelectorExpr>(Args[0]->IgnoreParens()); | ||||||||
| 2376 | if (!SE) | ||||||||
| 2377 | return; | ||||||||
| 2378 | ObjCMethodDecl *ImpliedMethod; | ||||||||
| 2379 | if (!IsClassObjectCall) { | ||||||||
| 2380 | const auto *OPT = ReceiverType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
| 2381 | if (!OPT || !OPT->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
| 2382 | return; | ||||||||
| 2383 | ImpliedMethod = | ||||||||
| 2384 | OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->lookupInstanceMethod(SE->getSelector()); | ||||||||
| 2385 | if (!ImpliedMethod) | ||||||||
| 2386 | ImpliedMethod = | ||||||||
| 2387 | OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->lookupPrivateMethod(SE->getSelector()); | ||||||||
| 2388 | } else { | ||||||||
| 2389 | const auto *IT = ReceiverType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); | ||||||||
| 2390 | if (!IT) | ||||||||
| 2391 | return; | ||||||||
| 2392 | ImpliedMethod = IT->getDecl()->lookupClassMethod(SE->getSelector()); | ||||||||
| 2393 | if (!ImpliedMethod) | ||||||||
| 2394 | ImpliedMethod = | ||||||||
| 2395 | IT->getDecl()->lookupPrivateClassMethod(SE->getSelector()); | ||||||||
| 2396 | } | ||||||||
| 2397 | if (!ImpliedMethod) | ||||||||
| 2398 | return; | ||||||||
| 2399 | QualType Ret = ImpliedMethod->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
| 2400 | if (Ret->isRecordType() || Ret->isVectorType() || Ret->isExtVectorType()) { | ||||||||
| 2401 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_unsafe_perform_selector) | ||||||||
| 2402 | << Method->getSelector() | ||||||||
| 2403 | << (!Ret->isRecordType() | ||||||||
| 2404 | ? /*Vector*/ 2 | ||||||||
| 2405 | : Ret->isUnionType() ? /*Union*/ 1 : /*Struct*/ 0); | ||||||||
| 2406 | S.Diag(ImpliedMethod->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 2407 | diag::note_objc_unsafe_perform_selector_method_declared_here) | ||||||||
| 2408 | << ImpliedMethod->getSelector() << Ret; | ||||||||
| 2409 | } | ||||||||
| 2410 | } | ||||||||
| 2411 | |||||||||
| 2412 | /// Diagnose use of %s directive in an NSString which is being passed | ||||||||
| 2413 | /// as formatting string to formatting method. | ||||||||
| 2414 | static void | ||||||||
| 2415 | DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInObjCAPI(Sema &S, | ||||||||
| 2416 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||||
| 2417 | Selector Sel, | ||||||||
| 2418 | Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) { | ||||||||
| 2419 | unsigned Idx = 0; | ||||||||
| 2420 | bool Format = false; | ||||||||
| 2421 | ObjCStringFormatFamily SFFamily = Sel.getStringFormatFamily(); | ||||||||
| 2422 | if (SFFamily == ObjCStringFormatFamily::SFF_NSString) { | ||||||||
| 2423 | Idx = 0; | ||||||||
| 2424 | Format = true; | ||||||||
| 2425 | } | ||||||||
| 2426 | else if (Method) { | ||||||||
| 2427 | for (const auto *I : Method->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) { | ||||||||
| 2428 | if (S.GetFormatNSStringIdx(I, Idx)) { | ||||||||
| 2429 | Format = true; | ||||||||
| 2430 | break; | ||||||||
| 2431 | } | ||||||||
| 2432 | } | ||||||||
| 2433 | } | ||||||||
| 2434 | if (!Format || NumArgs <= Idx) | ||||||||
| 2435 | return; | ||||||||
| 2436 | |||||||||
| 2437 | Expr *FormatExpr = Args[Idx]; | ||||||||
| 2438 | if (ObjCStringLiteral *OSL = | ||||||||
| 2439 | dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { | ||||||||
| 2440 | StringLiteral *FormatString = OSL->getString(); | ||||||||
| 2441 | if (S.FormatStringHasSArg(FormatString)) { | ||||||||
| 2442 | S.Diag(FormatExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_cdirective_format_string) | ||||||||
| 2443 | << "%s" << 0 << 0; | ||||||||
| 2444 | if (Method) | ||||||||
| 2445 | S.Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at) | ||||||||
| 2446 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 2447 | } | ||||||||
| 2448 | } | ||||||||
| 2449 | } | ||||||||
| 2450 | |||||||||
| 2451 | /// Build an Objective-C class message expression. | ||||||||
| 2452 | /// | ||||||||
| 2453 | /// This routine takes care of both normal class messages and | ||||||||
| 2454 | /// class messages to the superclass. | ||||||||
| 2455 | /// | ||||||||
| 2456 | /// \param ReceiverTypeInfo Type source information that describes the | ||||||||
| 2457 | /// receiver of this message. This may be NULL, in which case we are | ||||||||
| 2458 | /// sending to the superclass and \p SuperLoc must be a valid source | ||||||||
| 2459 | /// location. | ||||||||
| 2460 | |||||||||
| 2461 | /// \param ReceiverType The type of the object receiving the | ||||||||
| 2462 | /// message. When \p ReceiverTypeInfo is non-NULL, this is the same | ||||||||
| 2463 | /// type as that refers to. For a superclass send, this is the type of | ||||||||
| 2464 | /// the superclass. | ||||||||
| 2465 | /// | ||||||||
| 2466 | /// \param SuperLoc The location of the "super" keyword in a | ||||||||
| 2467 | /// superclass message. | ||||||||
| 2468 | /// | ||||||||
| 2469 | /// \param Sel The selector to which the message is being sent. | ||||||||
| 2470 | /// | ||||||||
| 2471 | /// \param Method The method that this class message is invoking, if | ||||||||
| 2472 | /// already known. | ||||||||
| 2473 | /// | ||||||||
| 2474 | /// \param LBracLoc The location of the opening square bracket ']'. | ||||||||
| 2475 | /// | ||||||||
| 2476 | /// \param RBracLoc The location of the closing square bracket ']'. | ||||||||
| 2477 | /// | ||||||||
| 2478 | /// \param ArgsIn The message arguments. | ||||||||
| 2479 | ExprResult Sema::BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, | ||||||||
| 2480 | QualType ReceiverType, | ||||||||
| 2481 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, | ||||||||
| 2482 | Selector Sel, | ||||||||
| 2483 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||||
| 2484 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 2485 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, | ||||||||
| 2486 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 2487 | MultiExprArg ArgsIn, | ||||||||
| 2488 | bool isImplicit) { | ||||||||
| 2489 | SourceLocation Loc = SuperLoc.isValid()? SuperLoc | ||||||||
| 2490 | : ReceiverTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange().getBegin(); | ||||||||
| 2491 | if (LBracLoc.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
| 2492 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_missing_open_square_message_send) | ||||||||
| 2493 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "["); | ||||||||
| 2494 | LBracLoc = Loc; | ||||||||
| 2495 | } | ||||||||
| 2496 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorSlotLocs; | ||||||||
| 2497 | if (!SelectorLocs.empty() && SelectorLocs.front().isValid()) | ||||||||
| 2498 | SelectorSlotLocs = SelectorLocs; | ||||||||
| 2499 | else | ||||||||
| 2500 | SelectorSlotLocs = Loc; | ||||||||
| 2501 | SourceLocation SelLoc = SelectorSlotLocs.front(); | ||||||||
| 2502 | |||||||||
| 2503 | if (ReceiverType->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
| 2504 | // If the receiver type is dependent, we can't type-check anything | ||||||||
| 2505 | // at this point. Build a dependent expression. | ||||||||
| 2506 | unsigned NumArgs = ArgsIn.size(); | ||||||||
| 2507 | Expr **Args = ArgsIn.data(); | ||||||||
| 2508 | assert(SuperLoc.isInvalid() && "Message to super with dependent type")((SuperLoc.isInvalid() && "Message to super with dependent type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SuperLoc.isInvalid() && \"Message to super with dependent type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 2508, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 2509 | return ObjCMessageExpr::Create( | ||||||||
| 2510 | Context, ReceiverType, VK_RValue, LBracLoc, ReceiverTypeInfo, Sel, | ||||||||
| 2511 | SelectorLocs, /*Method=*/nullptr, makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), RBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 2512 | isImplicit); | ||||||||
| 2513 | } | ||||||||
| 2514 | |||||||||
| 2515 | // Find the class to which we are sending this message. | ||||||||
| 2516 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 2517 | const ObjCObjectType *ClassType = ReceiverType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); | ||||||||
| 2518 | if (!ClassType || !(Class = ClassType->getInterface())) { | ||||||||
| 2519 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_receiver_class_message) | ||||||||
| 2520 | << ReceiverType; | ||||||||
| 2521 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2522 | } | ||||||||
| 2523 | assert(Class && "We don't know which class we're messaging?")((Class && "We don't know which class we're messaging?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Class && \"We don't know which class we're messaging?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 2523, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 2524 | // objc++ diagnoses during typename annotation. | ||||||||
| 2525 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
| 2526 | (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, SelectorSlotLocs); | ||||||||
| 2527 | // Find the method we are messaging. | ||||||||
| 2528 | if (!Method) { | ||||||||
| 2529 | SourceRange TypeRange | ||||||||
| 2530 | = SuperLoc.isValid()? SourceRange(SuperLoc) | ||||||||
| 2531 | : ReceiverTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 2532 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class), | ||||||||
| 2533 | (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount | ||||||||
| 2534 | ? diag::err_arc_receiver_forward_class | ||||||||
| 2535 | : diag::warn_receiver_forward_class), | ||||||||
| 2536 | TypeRange)) { | ||||||||
| 2537 | // A forward class used in messaging is treated as a 'Class' | ||||||||
| 2538 | Method = LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, | ||||||||
| 2539 | SourceRange(LBracLoc, RBracLoc)); | ||||||||
| 2540 | if (Method && !getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||||||
| 2541 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_method_sent_forward_class) | ||||||||
| 2542 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 2543 | } | ||||||||
| 2544 | if (!Method) | ||||||||
| 2545 | Method = Class->lookupClassMethod(Sel); | ||||||||
| 2546 | |||||||||
| 2547 | // If we have an implementation in scope, check "private" methods. | ||||||||
| 2548 | if (!Method) | ||||||||
| 2549 | Method = Class->lookupPrivateClassMethod(Sel); | ||||||||
| 2550 | |||||||||
| 2551 | if (Method && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, SelectorSlotLocs, | ||||||||
| 2552 | nullptr, false, false, Class)) | ||||||||
| 2553 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2554 | } | ||||||||
| 2555 | |||||||||
| 2556 | // Check the argument types and determine the result type. | ||||||||
| 2557 | QualType ReturnType; | ||||||||
| 2558 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; | ||||||||
| 2559 | |||||||||
| 2560 | unsigned NumArgs = ArgsIn.size(); | ||||||||
| 2561 | Expr **Args = ArgsIn.data(); | ||||||||
| 2562 | if (CheckMessageArgumentTypes(/*Receiver=*/nullptr, ReceiverType, | ||||||||
| 2563 | MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), Sel, SelectorLocs, | ||||||||
| 2564 | Method, true, SuperLoc.isValid(), LBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 2565 | RBracLoc, SourceRange(), ReturnType, VK)) | ||||||||
| 2566 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2567 | |||||||||
| 2568 | if (Method && !Method->getReturnType()->isVoidType() && | ||||||||
| 2569 | RequireCompleteType(LBracLoc, Method->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
| 2570 | diag::err_illegal_message_expr_incomplete_type)) | ||||||||
| 2571 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2572 | |||||||||
| 2573 | if (Method && Method->isDirectMethod() && SuperLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||||
| 2574 | Diag(SuperLoc, diag::err_messaging_super_with_direct_method) | ||||||||
| 2575 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( | ||||||||
| 2576 | SuperLoc, getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount | ||||||||
| 2577 | ? "self" | ||||||||
| 2578 | : Method->getClassInterface()->getName()); | ||||||||
| 2579 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_direct_method_declared_at) | ||||||||
| 2580 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 2581 | } | ||||||||
| 2582 | |||||||||
| 2583 | // Warn about explicit call of +initialize on its own class. But not on 'super'. | ||||||||
| 2584 | if (Method && Method->getMethodFamily() == OMF_initialize) { | ||||||||
| 2585 | if (!SuperLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||||
| 2586 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = | ||||||||
| 2587 | dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
| 2588 | if (ID == Class) { | ||||||||
| 2589 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_initialize_call); | ||||||||
| 2590 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at) | ||||||||
| 2591 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 2592 | } | ||||||||
| 2593 | } | ||||||||
| 2594 | else if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl()) { | ||||||||
| 2595 | // [super initialize] is allowed only within an +initialize implementation | ||||||||
| 2596 | if (CurMeth->getMethodFamily() != OMF_initialize) { | ||||||||
| 2597 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_super_initialize_call); | ||||||||
| 2598 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at) | ||||||||
| 2599 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 2600 | Diag(CurMeth->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at) | ||||||||
| 2601 | << CurMeth->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 2602 | } | ||||||||
| 2603 | } | ||||||||
| 2604 | } | ||||||||
| 2605 | |||||||||
| 2606 | DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInObjCAPI(*this, Method, Sel, Args, NumArgs); | ||||||||
| 2607 | |||||||||
| 2608 | // Construct the appropriate ObjCMessageExpr. | ||||||||
| 2609 | ObjCMessageExpr *Result; | ||||||||
| 2610 | if (SuperLoc.isValid()) | ||||||||
| 2611 | Result = ObjCMessageExpr::Create(Context, ReturnType, VK, LBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 2612 | SuperLoc, /*IsInstanceSuper=*/false, | ||||||||
| 2613 | ReceiverType, Sel, SelectorLocs, | ||||||||
| 2614 | Method, makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||||||
| 2615 | RBracLoc, isImplicit); | ||||||||
| 2616 | else { | ||||||||
| 2617 | Result = ObjCMessageExpr::Create(Context, ReturnType, VK, LBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 2618 | ReceiverTypeInfo, Sel, SelectorLocs, | ||||||||
| 2619 | Method, makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||||||
| 2620 | RBracLoc, isImplicit); | ||||||||
| 2621 | if (!isImplicit) | ||||||||
| 2622 | checkCocoaAPI(*this, Result); | ||||||||
| 2623 | } | ||||||||
| 2624 | if (Method) | ||||||||
| 2625 | checkFoundationAPI(*this, SelLoc, Method, makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||||||
| 2626 | ReceiverType, /*IsClassObjectCall=*/true); | ||||||||
| 2627 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(Result); | ||||||||
| 2628 | } | ||||||||
| 2629 | |||||||||
| 2630 | // ActOnClassMessage - used for both unary and keyword messages. | ||||||||
| 2631 | // ArgExprs is optional - if it is present, the number of expressions | ||||||||
| 2632 | // is obtained from Sel.getNumArgs(). | ||||||||
| 2633 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, | ||||||||
| 2634 | ParsedType Receiver, | ||||||||
| 2635 | Selector Sel, | ||||||||
| 2636 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 2637 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, | ||||||||
| 2638 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 2639 | MultiExprArg Args) { | ||||||||
| 2640 | TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo; | ||||||||
| 2641 | QualType ReceiverType = GetTypeFromParser(Receiver, &ReceiverTypeInfo); | ||||||||
| 2642 | if (ReceiverType.isNull()) | ||||||||
| 2643 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2644 | |||||||||
| 2645 | if (!ReceiverTypeInfo) | ||||||||
| 2646 | ReceiverTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ReceiverType, LBracLoc); | ||||||||
| 2647 | |||||||||
| 2648 | return BuildClassMessage(ReceiverTypeInfo, ReceiverType, | ||||||||
| 2649 | /*SuperLoc=*/SourceLocation(), Sel, | ||||||||
| 2650 | /*Method=*/nullptr, LBracLoc, SelectorLocs, RBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 2651 | Args); | ||||||||
| 2652 | } | ||||||||
| 2653 | |||||||||
| 2654 | ExprResult Sema::BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, | ||||||||
| 2655 | QualType ReceiverType, | ||||||||
| 2656 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 2657 | Selector Sel, | ||||||||
| 2658 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||||
| 2659 | MultiExprArg Args) { | ||||||||
| 2660 | return BuildInstanceMessage(Receiver, ReceiverType, | ||||||||
| 2661 | /*SuperLoc=*/!Receiver ? Loc : SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 2662 | Sel, Method, Loc, Loc, Loc, Args, | ||||||||
| 2663 | /*isImplicit=*/true); | ||||||||
| 2664 | } | ||||||||
| 2665 | |||||||||
| 2666 | static bool isMethodDeclaredInRootProtocol(Sema &S, const ObjCMethodDecl *M) { | ||||||||
| 2667 | if (!S.NSAPIObj) | ||||||||
| 2668 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2669 | const auto *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(M->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
| 2670 | if (!Protocol) | ||||||||
| 2671 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2672 | const IdentifierInfo *II = S.NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); | ||||||||
| 2673 | if (const auto *RootClass = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>( | ||||||||
| 2674 | S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope, II, Protocol->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 2675 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName))) { | ||||||||
| 2676 | for (const ObjCProtocolDecl *P : RootClass->all_referenced_protocols()) { | ||||||||
| 2677 | if (P->getCanonicalDecl() == Protocol->getCanonicalDecl()) | ||||||||
| 2678 | return true; | ||||||||
| 2679 | } | ||||||||
| 2680 | } | ||||||||
| 2681 | return false; | ||||||||
| 2682 | } | ||||||||
| 2683 | |||||||||
| 2684 | /// Build an Objective-C instance message expression. | ||||||||
| 2685 | /// | ||||||||
| 2686 | /// This routine takes care of both normal instance messages and | ||||||||
| 2687 | /// instance messages to the superclass instance. | ||||||||
| 2688 | /// | ||||||||
| 2689 | /// \param Receiver The expression that computes the object that will | ||||||||
| 2690 | /// receive this message. This may be empty, in which case we are | ||||||||
| 2691 | /// sending to the superclass instance and \p SuperLoc must be a valid | ||||||||
| 2692 | /// source location. | ||||||||
| 2693 | /// | ||||||||
| 2694 | /// \param ReceiverType The (static) type of the object receiving the | ||||||||
| 2695 | /// message. When a \p Receiver expression is provided, this is the | ||||||||
| 2696 | /// same type as that expression. For a superclass instance send, this | ||||||||
| 2697 | /// is a pointer to the type of the superclass. | ||||||||
| 2698 | /// | ||||||||
| 2699 | /// \param SuperLoc The location of the "super" keyword in a | ||||||||
| 2700 | /// superclass instance message. | ||||||||
| 2701 | /// | ||||||||
| 2702 | /// \param Sel The selector to which the message is being sent. | ||||||||
| 2703 | /// | ||||||||
| 2704 | /// \param Method The method that this instance message is invoking, if | ||||||||
| 2705 | /// already known. | ||||||||
| 2706 | /// | ||||||||
| 2707 | /// \param LBracLoc The location of the opening square bracket ']'. | ||||||||
| 2708 | /// | ||||||||
| 2709 | /// \param RBracLoc The location of the closing square bracket ']'. | ||||||||
| 2710 | /// | ||||||||
| 2711 | /// \param ArgsIn The message arguments. | ||||||||
| 2712 | ExprResult Sema::BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, | ||||||||
| 2713 | QualType ReceiverType, | ||||||||
| 2714 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, | ||||||||
| 2715 | Selector Sel, | ||||||||
| 2716 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||||
| 2717 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 2718 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, | ||||||||
| 2719 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 2720 | MultiExprArg ArgsIn, | ||||||||
| 2721 | bool isImplicit) { | ||||||||
| 2722 | assert((Receiver || SuperLoc.isValid()) && "If the Receiver is null, the "(((Receiver || SuperLoc.isValid()) && "If the Receiver is null, the " "SuperLoc must be valid so we can " "use it instead.") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Receiver || SuperLoc.isValid()) && \"If the Receiver is null, the \" \"SuperLoc must be valid so we can \" \"use it instead.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 2724, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 2723 | "SuperLoc must be valid so we can "(((Receiver || SuperLoc.isValid()) && "If the Receiver is null, the " "SuperLoc must be valid so we can " "use it instead.") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Receiver || SuperLoc.isValid()) && \"If the Receiver is null, the \" \"SuperLoc must be valid so we can \" \"use it instead.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 2724, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
| 2724 | "use it instead.")(((Receiver || SuperLoc.isValid()) && "If the Receiver is null, the " "SuperLoc must be valid so we can " "use it instead.") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Receiver || SuperLoc.isValid()) && \"If the Receiver is null, the \" \"SuperLoc must be valid so we can \" \"use it instead.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 2724, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 2725 | |||||||||
| 2726 | // The location of the receiver. | ||||||||
| 2727 | SourceLocation Loc = SuperLoc.isValid() ? SuperLoc : Receiver->getBeginLoc(); | ||||||||
| 2728 | SourceRange RecRange = | ||||||||
| 2729 | SuperLoc.isValid()? SuperLoc : Receiver->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 2730 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorSlotLocs; | ||||||||
| 2731 | if (!SelectorLocs.empty() && SelectorLocs.front().isValid()) | ||||||||
| 2732 | SelectorSlotLocs = SelectorLocs; | ||||||||
| 2733 | else | ||||||||
| 2734 | SelectorSlotLocs = Loc; | ||||||||
| 2735 | SourceLocation SelLoc = SelectorSlotLocs.front(); | ||||||||
| 2736 | |||||||||
| 2737 | if (LBracLoc.isInvalid()) { | ||||||||
| 2738 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_missing_open_square_message_send) | ||||||||
| 2739 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "["); | ||||||||
| 2740 | LBracLoc = Loc; | ||||||||
| 2741 | } | ||||||||
| 2742 | |||||||||
| 2743 | // If we have a receiver expression, perform appropriate promotions | ||||||||
| 2744 | // and determine receiver type. | ||||||||
| 2745 | if (Receiver) { | ||||||||
| 2746 | if (Receiver->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
| 2747 | ExprResult Result; | ||||||||
| 2748 | if (Receiver->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) | ||||||||
| 2749 | Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Receiver, Context.getObjCIdType()); | ||||||||
| 2750 | else | ||||||||
| 2751 | Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Receiver); | ||||||||
| 2752 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2753 | Receiver = Result.get(); | ||||||||
| 2754 | } | ||||||||
| 2755 | |||||||||
| 2756 | if (Receiver->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
| 2757 | // If the receiver is type-dependent, we can't type-check anything | ||||||||
| 2758 | // at this point. Build a dependent expression. | ||||||||
| 2759 | unsigned NumArgs = ArgsIn.size(); | ||||||||
| 2760 | Expr **Args = ArgsIn.data(); | ||||||||
| 2761 | assert(SuperLoc.isInvalid() && "Message to super with dependent type")((SuperLoc.isInvalid() && "Message to super with dependent type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SuperLoc.isInvalid() && \"Message to super with dependent type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 2761, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 2762 | return ObjCMessageExpr::Create( | ||||||||
| 2763 | Context, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, LBracLoc, Receiver, Sel, | ||||||||
| 2764 | SelectorLocs, /*Method=*/nullptr, makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||||||
| 2765 | RBracLoc, isImplicit); | ||||||||
| 2766 | } | ||||||||
| 2767 | |||||||||
| 2768 | // If necessary, apply function/array conversion to the receiver. | ||||||||
| 2769 | // C99 6.7.5.3p[7,8]. | ||||||||
| 2770 | ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Receiver); | ||||||||
| 2771 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
| 2772 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2773 | Receiver = Result.get(); | ||||||||
| 2774 | ReceiverType = Receiver->getType(); | ||||||||
| 2775 | |||||||||
| 2776 | // If the receiver is an ObjC pointer, a block pointer, or an | ||||||||
| 2777 | // __attribute__((NSObject)) pointer, we don't need to do any | ||||||||
| 2778 | // special conversion in order to look up a receiver. | ||||||||
| 2779 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCRetainableType()) { | ||||||||
| 2780 | // do nothing | ||||||||
| 2781 | } else if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||||||
| 2782 | !Context.getObjCIdType().isNull() && | ||||||||
| 2783 | (ReceiverType->isPointerType() || | ||||||||
| 2784 | ReceiverType->isIntegerType())) { | ||||||||
| 2785 | // Implicitly convert integers and pointers to 'id' but emit a warning. | ||||||||
| 2786 | // But not in ARC. | ||||||||
| 2787 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_bad_receiver_type) << ReceiverType << RecRange; | ||||||||
| 2788 | if (ReceiverType->isPointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 2789 | Receiver = ImpCastExprToType(Receiver, Context.getObjCIdType(), | ||||||||
| 2790 | CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast).get(); | ||||||||
| 2791 | } else { | ||||||||
| 2792 | // TODO: specialized warning on null receivers? | ||||||||
| 2793 | bool IsNull = Receiver->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||||
| 2794 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); | ||||||||
| 2795 | CastKind Kind = IsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer; | ||||||||
| 2796 | Receiver = ImpCastExprToType(Receiver, Context.getObjCIdType(), | ||||||||
| 2797 | Kind).get(); | ||||||||
| 2798 | } | ||||||||
| 2799 | ReceiverType = Receiver->getType(); | ||||||||
| 2800 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
| 2801 | // The receiver must be a complete type. | ||||||||
| 2802 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Receiver->getType(), | ||||||||
| 2803 | diag::err_incomplete_receiver_type)) | ||||||||
| 2804 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2805 | |||||||||
| 2806 | ExprResult result = PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Receiver); | ||||||||
| 2807 | if (result.isUsable()) { | ||||||||
| 2808 | Receiver = result.get(); | ||||||||
| 2809 | ReceiverType = Receiver->getType(); | ||||||||
| 2810 | } | ||||||||
| 2811 | } | ||||||||
| 2812 | } | ||||||||
| 2813 | |||||||||
| 2814 | // There's a somewhat weird interaction here where we assume that we | ||||||||
| 2815 | // won't actually have a method unless we also don't need to do some | ||||||||
| 2816 | // of the more detailed type-checking on the receiver. | ||||||||
| 2817 | |||||||||
| 2818 | if (!Method) { | ||||||||
| 2819 | // Handle messages to id and __kindof types (where we use the | ||||||||
| 2820 | // global method pool). | ||||||||
| 2821 | const ObjCObjectType *typeBound = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 2822 | bool receiverIsIdLike = ReceiverType->isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(Context, | ||||||||
| 2823 | typeBound); | ||||||||
| 2824 | if (receiverIsIdLike || ReceiverType->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||||||
| 2825 | (Receiver && Context.isObjCNSObjectType(Receiver->getType()))) { | ||||||||
| 2826 | SmallVector<ObjCMethodDecl*, 4> Methods; | ||||||||
| 2827 | // If we have a type bound, further filter the methods. | ||||||||
| 2828 | CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Sel, Methods, true/*InstanceFirst*/, | ||||||||
| 2829 | true/*CheckTheOther*/, typeBound); | ||||||||
| 2830 | if (!Methods.empty()) { | ||||||||
| 2831 | // We choose the first method as the initial candidate, then try to | ||||||||
| 2832 | // select a better one. | ||||||||
| 2833 | Method = Methods[0]; | ||||||||
| 2834 | |||||||||
| 2835 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod = | ||||||||
| 2836 | SelectBestMethod(Sel, ArgsIn, Method->isInstanceMethod(), Methods)) | ||||||||
| 2837 | Method = BestMethod; | ||||||||
| 2838 | |||||||||
| 2839 | if (!AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Sel, Method, | ||||||||
| 2840 | SourceRange(LBracLoc, RBracLoc), | ||||||||
| 2841 | receiverIsIdLike, Methods)) | ||||||||
| 2842 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, SelectorSlotLocs); | ||||||||
| 2843 | } | ||||||||
| 2844 | } else if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() || | ||||||||
| 2845 | ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { | ||||||||
| 2846 | // Handle messages to Class. | ||||||||
| 2847 | // We allow sending a message to a qualified Class ("Class<foo>"), which | ||||||||
| 2848 | // is ok as long as one of the protocols implements the selector (if not, | ||||||||
| 2849 | // warn). | ||||||||
| 2850 | if (!ReceiverType->isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType()) { | ||||||||
| 2851 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *QClassTy | ||||||||
| 2852 | = ReceiverType->getAsObjCQualifiedClassType(); | ||||||||
| 2853 | // Search protocols for class methods. | ||||||||
| 2854 | Method = LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Sel, QClassTy, false); | ||||||||
| 2855 | if (!Method) { | ||||||||
| 2856 | Method = LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Sel, QClassTy, true); | ||||||||
| 2857 | // warn if instance method found for a Class message. | ||||||||
| 2858 | if (Method && !isMethodDeclaredInRootProtocol(*this, Method)) { | ||||||||
| 2859 | Diag(SelLoc, diag::warn_instance_method_on_class_found) | ||||||||
| 2860 | << Method->getSelector() << Sel; | ||||||||
| 2861 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at) | ||||||||
| 2862 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 2863 | } | ||||||||
| 2864 | } | ||||||||
| 2865 | } else { | ||||||||
| 2866 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl()) { | ||||||||
| 2867 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface()) { | ||||||||
| 2868 | // As a guess, try looking for the method in the current interface. | ||||||||
| 2869 | // This very well may not produce the "right" method. | ||||||||
| 2870 | |||||||||
| 2871 | // First check the public methods in the class interface. | ||||||||
| 2872 | Method = ClassDecl->lookupClassMethod(Sel); | ||||||||
| 2873 | |||||||||
| 2874 | if (!Method) | ||||||||
| 2875 | Method = ClassDecl->lookupPrivateClassMethod(Sel); | ||||||||
| 2876 | |||||||||
| 2877 | if (Method && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, SelectorSlotLocs)) | ||||||||
| 2878 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2879 | } | ||||||||
| 2880 | } | ||||||||
| 2881 | if (!Method) { | ||||||||
| 2882 | // If not messaging 'self', look for any factory method named 'Sel'. | ||||||||
| 2883 | if (!Receiver || !isSelfExpr(Receiver)) { | ||||||||
| 2884 | // If no class (factory) method was found, check if an _instance_ | ||||||||
| 2885 | // method of the same name exists in the root class only. | ||||||||
| 2886 | SmallVector<ObjCMethodDecl*, 4> Methods; | ||||||||
| 2887 | CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Sel, Methods, | ||||||||
| 2888 | false/*InstanceFirst*/, | ||||||||
| 2889 | true/*CheckTheOther*/); | ||||||||
| 2890 | if (!Methods.empty()) { | ||||||||
| 2891 | // We choose the first method as the initial candidate, then try | ||||||||
| 2892 | // to select a better one. | ||||||||
| 2893 | Method = Methods[0]; | ||||||||
| 2894 | |||||||||
| 2895 | // If we find an instance method, emit warning. | ||||||||
| 2896 | if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) { | ||||||||
| 2897 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = | ||||||||
| 2898 | dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Method->getDeclContext())) { | ||||||||
| 2899 | if (ID->getSuperClass()) | ||||||||
| 2900 | Diag(SelLoc, diag::warn_root_inst_method_not_found) | ||||||||
| 2901 | << Sel << SourceRange(LBracLoc, RBracLoc); | ||||||||
| 2902 | } | ||||||||
| 2903 | } | ||||||||
| 2904 | |||||||||
| 2905 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod = | ||||||||
| 2906 | SelectBestMethod(Sel, ArgsIn, Method->isInstanceMethod(), | ||||||||
| 2907 | Methods)) | ||||||||
| 2908 | Method = BestMethod; | ||||||||
| 2909 | } | ||||||||
| 2910 | } | ||||||||
| 2911 | } | ||||||||
| 2912 | } | ||||||||
| 2913 | } else { | ||||||||
| 2914 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 2915 | |||||||||
| 2916 | // We allow sending a message to a qualified ID ("id<foo>"), which is ok as | ||||||||
| 2917 | // long as one of the protocols implements the selector (if not, warn). | ||||||||
| 2918 | // And as long as message is not deprecated/unavailable (warn if it is). | ||||||||
| 2919 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy | ||||||||
| 2920 | = ReceiverType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { | ||||||||
| 2921 | // Search protocols for instance methods. | ||||||||
| 2922 | Method = LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Sel, QIdTy, true); | ||||||||
| 2923 | if (!Method) | ||||||||
| 2924 | Method = LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Sel, QIdTy, false); | ||||||||
| 2925 | if (Method && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, SelectorSlotLocs)) | ||||||||
| 2926 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2927 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OCIType | ||||||||
| 2928 | = ReceiverType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 2929 | // We allow sending a message to a pointer to an interface (an object). | ||||||||
| 2930 | ClassDecl = OCIType->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||||||
| 2931 | |||||||||
| 2932 | // Try to complete the type. Under ARC, this is a hard error from which | ||||||||
| 2933 | // we don't try to recover. | ||||||||
| 2934 | // FIXME: In the non-ARC case, this will still be a hard error if the | ||||||||
| 2935 | // definition is found in a module that's not visible. | ||||||||
| 2936 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *forwardClass = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 2937 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, OCIType->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
| 2938 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount | ||||||||
| 2939 | ? diag::err_arc_receiver_forward_instance | ||||||||
| 2940 | : diag::warn_receiver_forward_instance, | ||||||||
| 2941 | RecRange)) { | ||||||||
| 2942 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||||||
| 2943 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2944 | |||||||||
| 2945 | forwardClass = OCIType->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||||||
| 2946 | Diag(Receiver ? Receiver->getBeginLoc() : SuperLoc, | ||||||||
| 2947 | diag::note_receiver_is_id); | ||||||||
| 2948 | Method = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 2949 | } else { | ||||||||
| 2950 | Method = ClassDecl->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel); | ||||||||
| 2951 | } | ||||||||
| 2952 | |||||||||
| 2953 | if (!Method) | ||||||||
| 2954 | // Search protocol qualifiers. | ||||||||
| 2955 | Method = LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Sel, OCIType, true); | ||||||||
| 2956 | |||||||||
| 2957 | if (!Method) { | ||||||||
| 2958 | // If we have implementations in scope, check "private" methods. | ||||||||
| 2959 | Method = ClassDecl->lookupPrivateMethod(Sel); | ||||||||
| 2960 | |||||||||
| 2961 | if (!Method && getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||||||
| 2962 | Diag(SelLoc, diag::err_arc_may_not_respond) | ||||||||
| 2963 | << OCIType->getPointeeType() << Sel << RecRange | ||||||||
| 2964 | << SourceRange(SelectorLocs.front(), SelectorLocs.back()); | ||||||||
| 2965 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 2966 | } | ||||||||
| 2967 | |||||||||
| 2968 | if (!Method && (!Receiver || !isSelfExpr(Receiver))) { | ||||||||
| 2969 | // If we still haven't found a method, look in the global pool. This | ||||||||
| 2970 | // behavior isn't very desirable, however we need it for GCC | ||||||||
| 2971 | // compatibility. FIXME: should we deviate?? | ||||||||
| 2972 | if (OCIType->qual_empty()) { | ||||||||
| 2973 | SmallVector<ObjCMethodDecl*, 4> Methods; | ||||||||
| 2974 | CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Sel, Methods, | ||||||||
| 2975 | true/*InstanceFirst*/, | ||||||||
| 2976 | false/*CheckTheOther*/); | ||||||||
| 2977 | if (!Methods.empty()) { | ||||||||
| 2978 | // We choose the first method as the initial candidate, then try | ||||||||
| 2979 | // to select a better one. | ||||||||
| 2980 | Method = Methods[0]; | ||||||||
| 2981 | |||||||||
| 2982 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod = | ||||||||
| 2983 | SelectBestMethod(Sel, ArgsIn, Method->isInstanceMethod(), | ||||||||
| 2984 | Methods)) | ||||||||
| 2985 | Method = BestMethod; | ||||||||
| 2986 | |||||||||
| 2987 | AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Sel, Method, | ||||||||
| 2988 | SourceRange(LBracLoc, RBracLoc), | ||||||||
| 2989 | true/*receiverIdOrClass*/, | ||||||||
| 2990 | Methods); | ||||||||
| 2991 | } | ||||||||
| 2992 | if (Method && !forwardClass) | ||||||||
| 2993 | Diag(SelLoc, diag::warn_maynot_respond) | ||||||||
| 2994 | << OCIType->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier() | ||||||||
| 2995 | << Sel << RecRange; | ||||||||
| 2996 | } | ||||||||
| 2997 | } | ||||||||
| 2998 | } | ||||||||
| 2999 | if (Method && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, SelectorSlotLocs, forwardClass)) | ||||||||
| 3000 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 3001 | } else { | ||||||||
| 3002 | // Reject other random receiver types (e.g. structs). | ||||||||
| 3003 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_receiver_type) << ReceiverType << RecRange; | ||||||||
| 3004 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 3005 | } | ||||||||
| 3006 | } | ||||||||
| 3007 | } | ||||||||
| 3008 | |||||||||
| 3009 | FunctionScopeInfo *DIFunctionScopeInfo = | ||||||||
| 3010 | (Method && Method->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init) | ||||||||
| 3011 | ? getEnclosingFunction() : nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3012 | |||||||||
| 3013 | if (Method && Method->isDirectMethod()) { | ||||||||
| 3014 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType() && !isImplicit) { | ||||||||
| 3015 | Diag(Receiver->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
| 3016 | diag::err_messaging_unqualified_id_with_direct_method); | ||||||||
| 3017 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_direct_method_declared_at) | ||||||||
| 3018 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 3019 | } | ||||||||
| 3020 | |||||||||
| 3021 | // Under ARC, self can't be assigned, and doing a direct call to `self` | ||||||||
| 3022 | // when it's a Class is hence safe. For other cases, we can't trust `self` | ||||||||
| 3023 | // is what we think it is, so we reject it. | ||||||||
| 3024 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() && !isImplicit && | ||||||||
| 3025 | !(Receiver->isObjCSelfExpr() && getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)) { | ||||||||
| 3026 | { | ||||||||
| 3027 | DiagnosticBuilder Builder = | ||||||||
| 3028 | Diag(Receiver->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
| 3029 | diag::err_messaging_class_with_direct_method); | ||||||||
| 3030 | if (Receiver->isObjCSelfExpr()) { | ||||||||
| 3031 | Builder.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateReplacement( | ||||||||
| 3032 | RecRange, Method->getClassInterface()->getName())); | ||||||||
| 3033 | } | ||||||||
| 3034 | } | ||||||||
| 3035 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_direct_method_declared_at) | ||||||||
| 3036 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 3037 | } | ||||||||
| 3038 | |||||||||
| 3039 | if (SuperLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||||
| 3040 | { | ||||||||
| 3041 | DiagnosticBuilder Builder = | ||||||||
| 3042 | Diag(SuperLoc, diag::err_messaging_super_with_direct_method); | ||||||||
| 3043 | if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType()) { | ||||||||
| 3044 | Builder.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateReplacement( | ||||||||
| 3045 | SuperLoc, Method->getClassInterface()->getName())); | ||||||||
| 3046 | } else { | ||||||||
| 3047 | Builder.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SuperLoc, "self")); | ||||||||
| 3048 | } | ||||||||
| 3049 | } | ||||||||
| 3050 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_direct_method_declared_at) | ||||||||
| 3051 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 3052 | } | ||||||||
| 3053 | } else if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType() && !isImplicit) { | ||||||||
| 3054 | Diag(Receiver->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_messaging_unqualified_id); | ||||||||
| 3055 | } | ||||||||
| 3056 | |||||||||
| 3057 | if (DIFunctionScopeInfo && | ||||||||
| 3058 | DIFunctionScopeInfo->ObjCIsDesignatedInit && | ||||||||
| 3059 | (SuperLoc.isValid() || isSelfExpr(Receiver))) { | ||||||||
| 3060 | bool isDesignatedInitChain = false; | ||||||||
| 3061 | if (SuperLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||||
| 3062 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType * | ||||||||
| 3063 | OCIType = ReceiverType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 3064 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = OCIType->getInterfaceDecl()) { | ||||||||
| 3065 | // Either we know this is a designated initializer or we | ||||||||
| 3066 | // conservatively assume it because we don't know for sure. | ||||||||
| 3067 | if (!ID->declaresOrInheritsDesignatedInitializers() || | ||||||||
| 3068 | ID->isDesignatedInitializer(Sel)) { | ||||||||
| 3069 | isDesignatedInitChain = true; | ||||||||
| 3070 | DIFunctionScopeInfo->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; | ||||||||
| 3071 | } | ||||||||
| 3072 | } | ||||||||
| 3073 | } | ||||||||
| 3074 | } | ||||||||
| 3075 | if (!isDesignatedInitChain) { | ||||||||
| 3076 | const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3077 | bool isDesignated = | ||||||||
| 3078 | getCurMethodDecl()->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); | ||||||||
| 3079 | assert(isDesignated && InitMethod)((isDesignated && InitMethod) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isDesignated && InitMethod", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 3079, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 3080 | (void)isDesignated; | ||||||||
| 3081 | Diag(SelLoc, SuperLoc.isValid() ? | ||||||||
| 3082 | diag::warn_objc_designated_init_non_designated_init_call : | ||||||||
| 3083 | diag::warn_objc_designated_init_non_super_designated_init_call); | ||||||||
| 3084 | Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 3085 | diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); | ||||||||
| 3086 | } | ||||||||
| 3087 | } | ||||||||
| 3088 | |||||||||
| 3089 | if (DIFunctionScopeInfo && | ||||||||
| 3090 | DIFunctionScopeInfo->ObjCIsSecondaryInit && | ||||||||
| 3091 | (SuperLoc.isValid() || isSelfExpr(Receiver))) { | ||||||||
| 3092 | if (SuperLoc.isValid()) { | ||||||||
| 3093 | Diag(SelLoc, diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_super_init_call); | ||||||||
| 3094 | } else { | ||||||||
| 3095 | DIFunctionScopeInfo->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; | ||||||||
| 3096 | } | ||||||||
| 3097 | } | ||||||||
| 3098 | |||||||||
| 3099 | // Check the message arguments. | ||||||||
| 3100 | unsigned NumArgs = ArgsIn.size(); | ||||||||
| 3101 | Expr **Args = ArgsIn.data(); | ||||||||
| 3102 | QualType ReturnType; | ||||||||
| 3103 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; | ||||||||
| 3104 | bool ClassMessage = (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() || | ||||||||
| 3105 | ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()); | ||||||||
| 3106 | if (CheckMessageArgumentTypes(Receiver, ReceiverType, | ||||||||
| 3107 | MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), Sel, SelectorLocs, | ||||||||
| 3108 | Method, ClassMessage, SuperLoc.isValid(), | ||||||||
| 3109 | LBracLoc, RBracLoc, RecRange, ReturnType, VK)) | ||||||||
| 3110 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 3111 | |||||||||
| 3112 | if (Method && !Method->getReturnType()->isVoidType() && | ||||||||
| 3113 | RequireCompleteType(LBracLoc, Method->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
| 3114 | diag::err_illegal_message_expr_incomplete_type)) | ||||||||
| 3115 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 3116 | |||||||||
| 3117 | // In ARC, forbid the user from sending messages to | ||||||||
| 3118 | // retain/release/autorelease/dealloc/retainCount explicitly. | ||||||||
| 3119 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||||||
| 3120 | ObjCMethodFamily family = | ||||||||
| 3121 | (Method ? Method->getMethodFamily() : Sel.getMethodFamily()); | ||||||||
| 3122 | switch (family) { | ||||||||
| 3123 | case OMF_init: | ||||||||
| 3124 | if (Method) | ||||||||
| 3125 | checkInitMethod(Method, ReceiverType); | ||||||||
| 3126 | break; | ||||||||
| 3127 | |||||||||
| 3128 | case OMF_None: | ||||||||
| 3129 | case OMF_alloc: | ||||||||
| 3130 | case OMF_copy: | ||||||||
| 3131 | case OMF_finalize: | ||||||||
| 3132 | case OMF_mutableCopy: | ||||||||
| 3133 | case OMF_new: | ||||||||
| 3134 | case OMF_self: | ||||||||
| 3135 | case OMF_initialize: | ||||||||
| 3136 | break; | ||||||||
| 3137 | |||||||||
| 3138 | case OMF_dealloc: | ||||||||
| 3139 | case OMF_retain: | ||||||||
| 3140 | case OMF_release: | ||||||||
| 3141 | case OMF_autorelease: | ||||||||
| 3142 | case OMF_retainCount: | ||||||||
| 3143 | Diag(SelLoc, diag::err_arc_illegal_explicit_message) | ||||||||
| 3144 | << Sel << RecRange; | ||||||||
| 3145 | break; | ||||||||
| 3146 | |||||||||
| 3147 | case OMF_performSelector: | ||||||||
| 3148 | if (Method && NumArgs >= 1) { | ||||||||
| 3149 | if (const auto *SelExp = | ||||||||
| 3150 | dyn_cast<ObjCSelectorExpr>(Args[0]->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||||||
| 3151 | Selector ArgSel = SelExp->getSelector(); | ||||||||
| 3152 | ObjCMethodDecl *SelMethod = | ||||||||
| 3153 | LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(ArgSel, | ||||||||
| 3154 | SelExp->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
| 3155 | if (!SelMethod) | ||||||||
| 3156 | SelMethod = | ||||||||
| 3157 | LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(ArgSel, | ||||||||
| 3158 | SelExp->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
| 3159 | if (SelMethod) { | ||||||||
| 3160 | ObjCMethodFamily SelFamily = SelMethod->getMethodFamily(); | ||||||||
| 3161 | switch (SelFamily) { | ||||||||
| 3162 | case OMF_alloc: | ||||||||
| 3163 | case OMF_copy: | ||||||||
| 3164 | case OMF_mutableCopy: | ||||||||
| 3165 | case OMF_new: | ||||||||
| 3166 | case OMF_init: | ||||||||
| 3167 | // Issue error, unless ns_returns_not_retained. | ||||||||
| 3168 | if (!SelMethod->hasAttr<NSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>()) { | ||||||||
| 3169 | // selector names a +1 method | ||||||||
| 3170 | Diag(SelLoc, | ||||||||
| 3171 | diag::err_arc_perform_selector_retains); | ||||||||
| 3172 | Diag(SelMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at) | ||||||||
| 3173 | << SelMethod->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 3174 | } | ||||||||
| 3175 | break; | ||||||||
| 3176 | default: | ||||||||
| 3177 | // +0 call. OK. unless ns_returns_retained. | ||||||||
| 3178 | if (SelMethod->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()) { | ||||||||
| 3179 | // selector names a +1 method | ||||||||
| 3180 | Diag(SelLoc, | ||||||||
| 3181 | diag::err_arc_perform_selector_retains); | ||||||||
| 3182 | Diag(SelMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_method_declared_at) | ||||||||
| 3183 | << SelMethod->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
| 3184 | } | ||||||||
| 3185 | break; | ||||||||
| 3186 | } | ||||||||
| 3187 | } | ||||||||
| 3188 | } else { | ||||||||
| 3189 | // error (may leak). | ||||||||
| 3190 | Diag(SelLoc, diag::warn_arc_perform_selector_leaks); | ||||||||
| 3191 | Diag(Args[0]->getExprLoc(), diag::note_used_here); | ||||||||
| 3192 | } | ||||||||
| 3193 | } | ||||||||
| 3194 | break; | ||||||||
| 3195 | } | ||||||||
| 3196 | } | ||||||||
| 3197 | |||||||||
| 3198 | DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInObjCAPI(*this, Method, Sel, Args, NumArgs); | ||||||||
| 3199 | |||||||||
| 3200 | // Construct the appropriate ObjCMessageExpr instance. | ||||||||
| 3201 | ObjCMessageExpr *Result; | ||||||||
| 3202 | if (SuperLoc.isValid()) | ||||||||
| 3203 | Result = ObjCMessageExpr::Create(Context, ReturnType, VK, LBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 3204 | SuperLoc, /*IsInstanceSuper=*/true, | ||||||||
| 3205 | ReceiverType, Sel, SelectorLocs, Method, | ||||||||
| 3206 | makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), RBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 3207 | isImplicit); | ||||||||
| 3208 | else { | ||||||||
| 3209 | Result = ObjCMessageExpr::Create(Context, ReturnType, VK, LBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 3210 | Receiver, Sel, SelectorLocs, Method, | ||||||||
| 3211 | makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), RBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 3212 | isImplicit); | ||||||||
| 3213 | if (!isImplicit) | ||||||||
| 3214 | checkCocoaAPI(*this, Result); | ||||||||
| 3215 | } | ||||||||
| 3216 | if (Method) { | ||||||||
| 3217 | bool IsClassObjectCall = ClassMessage; | ||||||||
| 3218 | // 'self' message receivers in class methods should be treated as message | ||||||||
| 3219 | // sends to the class object in order for the semantic checks to be | ||||||||
| 3220 | // performed correctly. Messages to 'super' already count as class messages, | ||||||||
| 3221 | // so they don't need to be handled here. | ||||||||
| 3222 | if (Receiver && isSelfExpr(Receiver)) { | ||||||||
| 3223 | if (const auto *OPT = ReceiverType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
| 3224 | if (OPT->getObjectType()->isObjCClass()) { | ||||||||
| 3225 | if (const auto *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl()) { | ||||||||
| 3226 | IsClassObjectCall = true; | ||||||||
| 3227 | ReceiverType = | ||||||||
| 3228 | Context.getObjCInterfaceType(CurMeth->getClassInterface()); | ||||||||
| 3229 | } | ||||||||
| 3230 | } | ||||||||
| 3231 | } | ||||||||
| 3232 | } | ||||||||
| 3233 | checkFoundationAPI(*this, SelLoc, Method, makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||||||
| 3234 | ReceiverType, IsClassObjectCall); | ||||||||
| 3235 | } | ||||||||
| 3236 | |||||||||
| 3237 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||||||
| 3238 | // In ARC, annotate delegate init calls. | ||||||||
| 3239 | if (Result->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init && | ||||||||
| 3240 | (SuperLoc.isValid() || isSelfExpr(Receiver))) { | ||||||||
| 3241 | // Only consider init calls *directly* in init implementations, | ||||||||
| 3242 | // not within blocks. | ||||||||
| 3243 | ObjCMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(CurContext); | ||||||||
| 3244 | if (method && method->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init) { | ||||||||
| 3245 | // The implicit assignment to self means we also don't want to | ||||||||
| 3246 | // consume the result. | ||||||||
| 3247 | Result->setDelegateInitCall(true); | ||||||||
| 3248 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 3249 | } | ||||||||
| 3250 | } | ||||||||
| 3251 | |||||||||
| 3252 | // In ARC, check for message sends which are likely to introduce | ||||||||
| 3253 | // retain cycles. | ||||||||
| 3254 | checkRetainCycles(Result); | ||||||||
| 3255 | } | ||||||||
| 3256 | |||||||||
| 3257 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak) { | ||||||||
| 3258 | if (!isImplicit && Method) { | ||||||||
| 3259 | if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Method->findPropertyDecl()) { | ||||||||
| 3260 | bool IsWeak = | ||||||||
| 3261 | Prop->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak; | ||||||||
| 3262 | if (!IsWeak && Sel.isUnarySelector()) | ||||||||
| 3263 | IsWeak = ReturnType.getObjCLifetime() & Qualifiers::OCL_Weak; | ||||||||
| 3264 | if (IsWeak && !isUnevaluatedContext() && | ||||||||
| 3265 | !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, LBracLoc)) | ||||||||
| 3266 | getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(Result, Prop); | ||||||||
| 3267 | } | ||||||||
| 3268 | } | ||||||||
| 3269 | } | ||||||||
| 3270 | |||||||||
| 3271 | CheckObjCCircularContainer(Result); | ||||||||
| 3272 | |||||||||
| 3273 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(Result); | ||||||||
| 3274 | } | ||||||||
| 3275 | |||||||||
| 3276 | static void RemoveSelectorFromWarningCache(Sema &S, Expr* Arg) { | ||||||||
| 3277 | if (ObjCSelectorExpr *OSE = | ||||||||
| 3278 | dyn_cast<ObjCSelectorExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenCasts())) { | ||||||||
| 3279 | Selector Sel = OSE->getSelector(); | ||||||||
| 3280 | SourceLocation Loc = OSE->getAtLoc(); | ||||||||
| 3281 | auto Pos = S.ReferencedSelectors.find(Sel); | ||||||||
| 3282 | if (Pos != S.ReferencedSelectors.end() && Pos->second == Loc) | ||||||||
| 3283 | S.ReferencedSelectors.erase(Pos); | ||||||||
| 3284 | } | ||||||||
| 3285 | } | ||||||||
| 3286 | |||||||||
| 3287 | // ActOnInstanceMessage - used for both unary and keyword messages. | ||||||||
| 3288 | // ArgExprs is optional - if it is present, the number of expressions | ||||||||
| 3289 | // is obtained from Sel.getNumArgs(). | ||||||||
| 3290 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, | ||||||||
| 3291 | Expr *Receiver, | ||||||||
| 3292 | Selector Sel, | ||||||||
| 3293 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 3294 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, | ||||||||
| 3295 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, | ||||||||
| 3296 | MultiExprArg Args) { | ||||||||
| 3297 | if (!Receiver) | ||||||||
| 3298 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 3299 | |||||||||
| 3300 | // A ParenListExpr can show up while doing error recovery with invalid code. | ||||||||
| 3301 | if (isa<ParenListExpr>(Receiver)) { | ||||||||
| 3302 | ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Receiver); | ||||||||
| 3303 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 3304 | Receiver = Result.get(); | ||||||||
| 3305 | } | ||||||||
| 3306 | |||||||||
| 3307 | if (RespondsToSelectorSel.isNull()) { | ||||||||
| 3308 | IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get("respondsToSelector"); | ||||||||
| 3309 | RespondsToSelectorSel = Context.Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId); | ||||||||
| 3310 | } | ||||||||
| 3311 | if (Sel == RespondsToSelectorSel) | ||||||||
| 3312 | RemoveSelectorFromWarningCache(*this, Args[0]); | ||||||||
| 3313 | |||||||||
| 3314 | return BuildInstanceMessage(Receiver, Receiver->getType(), | ||||||||
| 3315 | /*SuperLoc=*/SourceLocation(), Sel, | ||||||||
| 3316 | /*Method=*/nullptr, LBracLoc, SelectorLocs, | ||||||||
| 3317 | RBracLoc, Args); | ||||||||
| 3318 | } | ||||||||
| 3319 | |||||||||
| 3320 | enum ARCConversionTypeClass { | ||||||||
| 3321 | /// int, void, struct A | ||||||||
| 3322 | ACTC_none, | ||||||||
| 3323 | |||||||||
| 3324 | /// id, void (^)() | ||||||||
| 3325 | ACTC_retainable, | ||||||||
| 3326 | |||||||||
| 3327 | /// id*, id***, void (^*)(), | ||||||||
| 3328 | ACTC_indirectRetainable, | ||||||||
| 3329 | |||||||||
| 3330 | /// void* might be a normal C type, or it might a CF type. | ||||||||
| 3331 | ACTC_voidPtr, | ||||||||
| 3332 | |||||||||
| 3333 | /// struct A* | ||||||||
| 3334 | ACTC_coreFoundation | ||||||||
| 3335 | }; | ||||||||
| 3336 | |||||||||
| 3337 | static bool isAnyRetainable(ARCConversionTypeClass ACTC) { | ||||||||
| 3338 | return (ACTC == ACTC_retainable || | ||||||||
| 3339 | ACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation || | ||||||||
| 3340 | ACTC == ACTC_voidPtr); | ||||||||
| 3341 | } | ||||||||
| 3342 | |||||||||
| 3343 | static bool isAnyCLike(ARCConversionTypeClass ACTC) { | ||||||||
| 3344 | return ACTC == ACTC_none || | ||||||||
| 3345 | ACTC == ACTC_voidPtr || | ||||||||
| 3346 | ACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation; | ||||||||
| 3347 | } | ||||||||
| 3348 | |||||||||
| 3349 | static ARCConversionTypeClass classifyTypeForARCConversion(QualType type) { | ||||||||
| 3350 | bool isIndirect = false; | ||||||||
| 3351 | |||||||||
| 3352 | // Ignore an outermost reference type. | ||||||||
| 3353 | if (const ReferenceType *ref = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||||||
| 3354 | type = ref->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 3355 | isIndirect = true; | ||||||||
| 3356 | } | ||||||||
| 3357 | |||||||||
| 3358 | // Drill through pointers and arrays recursively. | ||||||||
| 3359 | while (true) { | ||||||||
| 3360 | if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
| 3361 | type = ptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 3362 | |||||||||
| 3363 | // The first level of pointer may be the innermost pointer on a CF type. | ||||||||
| 3364 | if (!isIndirect) { | ||||||||
| 3365 | if (type->isVoidType()) return ACTC_voidPtr; | ||||||||
| 3366 | if (type->isRecordType()) return ACTC_coreFoundation; | ||||||||
| 3367 | } | ||||||||
| 3368 | } else if (const ArrayType *array = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) { | ||||||||
| 3369 | type = QualType(array->getElementType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(), 0); | ||||||||
| 3370 | } else { | ||||||||
| 3371 | break; | ||||||||
| 3372 | } | ||||||||
| 3373 | isIndirect = true; | ||||||||
| 3374 | } | ||||||||
| 3375 | |||||||||
| 3376 | if (isIndirect) { | ||||||||
| 3377 | if (type->isObjCARCBridgableType()) | ||||||||
| 3378 | return ACTC_indirectRetainable; | ||||||||
| 3379 | return ACTC_none; | ||||||||
| 3380 | } | ||||||||
| 3381 | |||||||||
| 3382 | if (type->isObjCARCBridgableType()) | ||||||||
| 3383 | return ACTC_retainable; | ||||||||
| 3384 | |||||||||
| 3385 | return ACTC_none; | ||||||||
| 3386 | } | ||||||||
| 3387 | |||||||||
| 3388 | namespace { | ||||||||
| 3389 | /// A result from the cast checker. | ||||||||
| 3390 | enum ACCResult { | ||||||||
| 3391 | /// Cannot be casted. | ||||||||
| 3392 | ACC_invalid, | ||||||||
| 3393 | |||||||||
| 3394 | /// Can be safely retained or not retained. | ||||||||
| 3395 | ACC_bottom, | ||||||||
| 3396 | |||||||||
| 3397 | /// Can be casted at +0. | ||||||||
| 3398 | ACC_plusZero, | ||||||||
| 3399 | |||||||||
| 3400 | /// Can be casted at +1. | ||||||||
| 3401 | ACC_plusOne | ||||||||
| 3402 | }; | ||||||||
| 3403 | ACCResult merge(ACCResult left, ACCResult right) { | ||||||||
| 3404 | if (left == right) return left; | ||||||||
| 3405 | if (left == ACC_bottom) return right; | ||||||||
| 3406 | if (right == ACC_bottom) return left; | ||||||||
| 3407 | return ACC_invalid; | ||||||||
| 3408 | } | ||||||||
| 3409 | |||||||||
| 3410 | /// A checker which white-lists certain expressions whose conversion | ||||||||
| 3411 | /// to or from retainable type would otherwise be forbidden in ARC. | ||||||||
| 3412 | class ARCCastChecker : public StmtVisitor<ARCCastChecker, ACCResult> { | ||||||||
| 3413 | typedef StmtVisitor<ARCCastChecker, ACCResult> super; | ||||||||
| 3414 | |||||||||
| 3415 | ASTContext &Context; | ||||||||
| 3416 | ARCConversionTypeClass SourceClass; | ||||||||
| 3417 | ARCConversionTypeClass TargetClass; | ||||||||
| 3418 | bool Diagnose; | ||||||||
| 3419 | |||||||||
| 3420 | static bool isCFType(QualType type) { | ||||||||
| 3421 | // Someday this can use ns_bridged. For now, it has to do this. | ||||||||
| 3422 | return type->isCARCBridgableType(); | ||||||||
| 3423 | } | ||||||||
| 3424 | |||||||||
| 3425 | public: | ||||||||
| 3426 | ARCCastChecker(ASTContext &Context, ARCConversionTypeClass source, | ||||||||
| 3427 | ARCConversionTypeClass target, bool diagnose) | ||||||||
| 3428 | : Context(Context), SourceClass(source), TargetClass(target), | ||||||||
| 3429 | Diagnose(diagnose) {} | ||||||||
| 3430 | |||||||||
| 3431 | using super::Visit; | ||||||||
| 3432 | ACCResult Visit(Expr *e) { | ||||||||
| 3433 | return super::Visit(e->IgnoreParens()); | ||||||||
| 3434 | } | ||||||||
| 3435 | |||||||||
| 3436 | ACCResult VisitStmt(Stmt *s) { | ||||||||
| 3437 | return ACC_invalid; | ||||||||
| 3438 | } | ||||||||
| 3439 | |||||||||
| 3440 | /// Null pointer constants can be casted however you please. | ||||||||
| 3441 | ACCResult VisitExpr(Expr *e) { | ||||||||
| 3442 | if (e->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) | ||||||||
| 3443 | return ACC_bottom; | ||||||||
| 3444 | return ACC_invalid; | ||||||||
| 3445 | } | ||||||||
| 3446 | |||||||||
| 3447 | /// Objective-C string literals can be safely casted. | ||||||||
| 3448 | ACCResult VisitObjCStringLiteral(ObjCStringLiteral *e) { | ||||||||
| 3449 | // If we're casting to any retainable type, go ahead. Global | ||||||||
| 3450 | // strings are immune to retains, so this is bottom. | ||||||||
| 3451 | if (isAnyRetainable(TargetClass)) return ACC_bottom; | ||||||||
| 3452 | |||||||||
| 3453 | return ACC_invalid; | ||||||||
| 3454 | } | ||||||||
| 3455 | |||||||||
| 3456 | /// Look through certain implicit and explicit casts. | ||||||||
| 3457 | ACCResult VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *e) { | ||||||||
| 3458 | switch (e->getCastKind()) { | ||||||||
| 3459 | case CK_NullToPointer: | ||||||||
| 3460 | return ACC_bottom; | ||||||||
| 3461 | |||||||||
| 3462 | case CK_NoOp: | ||||||||
| 3463 | case CK_LValueToRValue: | ||||||||
| 3464 | case CK_BitCast: | ||||||||
| 3465 | case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast: | ||||||||
| 3466 | case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast: | ||||||||
| 3467 | case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast: | ||||||||
| 3468 | return Visit(e->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
| 3469 | |||||||||
| 3470 | default: | ||||||||
| 3471 | return ACC_invalid; | ||||||||
| 3472 | } | ||||||||
| 3473 | } | ||||||||
| 3474 | |||||||||
| 3475 | /// Look through unary extension. | ||||||||
| 3476 | ACCResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *e) { | ||||||||
| 3477 | return Visit(e->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
| 3478 | } | ||||||||
| 3479 | |||||||||
| 3480 | /// Ignore the LHS of a comma operator. | ||||||||
| 3481 | ACCResult VisitBinComma(BinaryOperator *e) { | ||||||||
| 3482 | return Visit(e->getRHS()); | ||||||||
| 3483 | } | ||||||||
| 3484 | |||||||||
| 3485 | /// Conditional operators are okay if both sides are okay. | ||||||||
| 3486 | ACCResult VisitConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperator *e) { | ||||||||
| 3487 | ACCResult left = Visit(e->getTrueExpr()); | ||||||||
| 3488 | if (left == ACC_invalid) return ACC_invalid; | ||||||||
| 3489 | return merge(left, Visit(e->getFalseExpr())); | ||||||||
| 3490 | } | ||||||||
| 3491 | |||||||||
| 3492 | /// Look through pseudo-objects. | ||||||||
| 3493 | ACCResult VisitPseudoObjectExpr(PseudoObjectExpr *e) { | ||||||||
| 3494 | // If we're getting here, we should always have a result. | ||||||||
| 3495 | return Visit(e->getResultExpr()); | ||||||||
| 3496 | } | ||||||||
| 3497 | |||||||||
| 3498 | /// Statement expressions are okay if their result expression is okay. | ||||||||
| 3499 | ACCResult VisitStmtExpr(StmtExpr *e) { | ||||||||
| 3500 | return Visit(e->getSubStmt()->body_back()); | ||||||||
| 3501 | } | ||||||||
| 3502 | |||||||||
| 3503 | /// Some declaration references are okay. | ||||||||
| 3504 | ACCResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *e) { | ||||||||
| 3505 | VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(e->getDecl()); | ||||||||
| 3506 | // References to global constants are okay. | ||||||||
| 3507 | if (isAnyRetainable(TargetClass) && | ||||||||
| 3508 | isAnyRetainable(SourceClass) && | ||||||||
| 3509 | var && | ||||||||
| 3510 | !var->hasDefinition(Context) && | ||||||||
| 3511 | var->getType().isConstQualified()) { | ||||||||
| 3512 | |||||||||
| 3513 | // In system headers, they can also be assumed to be immune to retains. | ||||||||
| 3514 | // These are things like 'kCFStringTransformToLatin'. | ||||||||
| 3515 | if (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(var->getLocation())) | ||||||||
| 3516 | return ACC_bottom; | ||||||||
| 3517 | |||||||||
| 3518 | return ACC_plusZero; | ||||||||
| 3519 | } | ||||||||
| 3520 | |||||||||
| 3521 | // Nothing else. | ||||||||
| 3522 | return ACC_invalid; | ||||||||
| 3523 | } | ||||||||
| 3524 | |||||||||
| 3525 | /// Some calls are okay. | ||||||||
| 3526 | ACCResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *e) { | ||||||||
| 3527 | if (FunctionDecl *fn = e->getDirectCallee()) | ||||||||
| 3528 | if (ACCResult result = checkCallToFunction(fn)) | ||||||||
| 3529 | return result; | ||||||||
| 3530 | |||||||||
| 3531 | return super::VisitCallExpr(e); | ||||||||
| 3532 | } | ||||||||
| 3533 | |||||||||
| 3534 | ACCResult checkCallToFunction(FunctionDecl *fn) { | ||||||||
| 3535 | // Require a CF*Ref return type. | ||||||||
| 3536 | if (!isCFType(fn->getReturnType())) | ||||||||
| 3537 | return ACC_invalid; | ||||||||
| 3538 | |||||||||
| 3539 | if (!isAnyRetainable(TargetClass)) | ||||||||
| 3540 | return ACC_invalid; | ||||||||
| 3541 | |||||||||
| 3542 | // Honor an explicit 'not retained' attribute. | ||||||||
| 3543 | if (fn->hasAttr<CFReturnsNotRetainedAttr>()) | ||||||||
| 3544 | return ACC_plusZero; | ||||||||
| 3545 | |||||||||
| 3546 | // Honor an explicit 'retained' attribute, except that for | ||||||||
| 3547 | // now we're not going to permit implicit handling of +1 results, | ||||||||
| 3548 | // because it's a bit frightening. | ||||||||
| 3549 | if (fn->hasAttr<CFReturnsRetainedAttr>()) | ||||||||
| 3550 | return Diagnose ? ACC_plusOne | ||||||||
| 3551 | : ACC_invalid; // ACC_plusOne if we start accepting this | ||||||||
| 3552 | |||||||||
| 3553 | // Recognize this specific builtin function, which is used by CFSTR. | ||||||||
| 3554 | unsigned builtinID = fn->getBuiltinID(); | ||||||||
| 3555 | if (builtinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString) | ||||||||
| 3556 | return ACC_bottom; | ||||||||
| 3557 | |||||||||
| 3558 | // Otherwise, don't do anything implicit with an unaudited function. | ||||||||
| 3559 | if (!fn->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()) | ||||||||
| 3560 | return ACC_invalid; | ||||||||
| 3561 | |||||||||
| 3562 | // Otherwise, it's +0 unless it follows the create convention. | ||||||||
| 3563 | if (ento::coreFoundation::followsCreateRule(fn)) | ||||||||
| 3564 | return Diagnose ? ACC_plusOne | ||||||||
| 3565 | : ACC_invalid; // ACC_plusOne if we start accepting this | ||||||||
| 3566 | |||||||||
| 3567 | return ACC_plusZero; | ||||||||
| 3568 | } | ||||||||
| 3569 | |||||||||
| 3570 | ACCResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *e) { | ||||||||
| 3571 | return checkCallToMethod(e->getMethodDecl()); | ||||||||
| 3572 | } | ||||||||
| 3573 | |||||||||
| 3574 | ACCResult VisitObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *e) { | ||||||||
| 3575 | ObjCMethodDecl *method; | ||||||||
| 3576 | if (e->isExplicitProperty()) | ||||||||
| 3577 | method = e->getExplicitProperty()->getGetterMethodDecl(); | ||||||||
| 3578 | else | ||||||||
| 3579 | method = e->getImplicitPropertyGetter(); | ||||||||
| 3580 | return checkCallToMethod(method); | ||||||||
| 3581 | } | ||||||||
| 3582 | |||||||||
| 3583 | ACCResult checkCallToMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method) { | ||||||||
| 3584 | if (!method) return ACC_invalid; | ||||||||
| 3585 | |||||||||
| 3586 | // Check for message sends to functions returning CF types. We | ||||||||
| 3587 | // just obey the Cocoa conventions with these, even though the | ||||||||
| 3588 | // return type is CF. | ||||||||
| 3589 | if (!isAnyRetainable(TargetClass) || !isCFType(method->getReturnType())) | ||||||||
| 3590 | return ACC_invalid; | ||||||||
| 3591 | |||||||||
| 3592 | // If the method is explicitly marked not-retained, it's +0. | ||||||||
| 3593 | if (method->hasAttr<CFReturnsNotRetainedAttr>()) | ||||||||
| 3594 | return ACC_plusZero; | ||||||||
| 3595 | |||||||||
| 3596 | // If the method is explicitly marked as returning retained, or its | ||||||||
| 3597 | // selector follows a +1 Cocoa convention, treat it as +1. | ||||||||
| 3598 | if (method->hasAttr<CFReturnsRetainedAttr>()) | ||||||||
| 3599 | return ACC_plusOne; | ||||||||
| 3600 | |||||||||
| 3601 | switch (method->getSelector().getMethodFamily()) { | ||||||||
| 3602 | case OMF_alloc: | ||||||||
| 3603 | case OMF_copy: | ||||||||
| 3604 | case OMF_mutableCopy: | ||||||||
| 3605 | case OMF_new: | ||||||||
| 3606 | return ACC_plusOne; | ||||||||
| 3607 | |||||||||
| 3608 | default: | ||||||||
| 3609 | // Otherwise, treat it as +0. | ||||||||
| 3610 | return ACC_plusZero; | ||||||||
| 3611 | } | ||||||||
| 3612 | } | ||||||||
| 3613 | }; | ||||||||
| 3614 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||||||
| 3615 | |||||||||
| 3616 | bool Sema::isKnownName(StringRef name) { | ||||||||
| 3617 | if (name.empty()) | ||||||||
| 3618 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3619 | LookupResult R(*this, &Context.Idents.get(name), SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 3620 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
| 3621 | return LookupName(R, TUScope, false); | ||||||||
| 3622 | } | ||||||||
| 3623 | |||||||||
| 3624 | static void addFixitForObjCARCConversion(Sema &S, | ||||||||
| 3625 | DiagnosticBuilder &DiagB, | ||||||||
| 3626 | Sema::CheckedConversionKind CCK, | ||||||||
| 3627 | SourceLocation afterLParen, | ||||||||
| 3628 | QualType castType, | ||||||||
| 3629 | Expr *castExpr, | ||||||||
| 3630 | Expr *realCast, | ||||||||
| 3631 | const char *bridgeKeyword, | ||||||||
| 3632 | const char *CFBridgeName) { | ||||||||
| 3633 | // We handle C-style and implicit casts here. | ||||||||
| 3634 | switch (CCK) { | ||||||||
| 3635 | case Sema::CCK_ImplicitConversion: | ||||||||
| 3636 | case Sema::CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp: | ||||||||
| 3637 | case Sema::CCK_CStyleCast: | ||||||||
| 3638 | case Sema::CCK_OtherCast: | ||||||||
| 3639 | break; | ||||||||
| 3640 | case Sema::CCK_FunctionalCast: | ||||||||
| 3641 | return; | ||||||||
| 3642 | } | ||||||||
| 3643 | |||||||||
| 3644 | if (CFBridgeName) { | ||||||||
| 3645 | if (CCK == Sema::CCK_OtherCast) { | ||||||||
| 3646 | if (const CXXNamedCastExpr *NCE = dyn_cast<CXXNamedCastExpr>(realCast)) { | ||||||||
| 3647 | SourceRange range(NCE->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||||||
| 3648 | NCE->getAngleBrackets().getEnd()); | ||||||||
| 3649 | SmallString<32> BridgeCall; | ||||||||
| 3650 | |||||||||
| 3651 | SourceManager &SM = S.getSourceManager(); | ||||||||
| 3652 | char PrevChar = *SM.getCharacterData(range.getBegin().getLocWithOffset(-1)); | ||||||||
| 3653 | if (Lexer::isIdentifierBodyChar(PrevChar, S.getLangOpts())) | ||||||||
| 3654 | BridgeCall += ' '; | ||||||||
| 3655 | |||||||||
| 3656 | BridgeCall += CFBridgeName; | ||||||||
| 3657 | DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(range, BridgeCall)); | ||||||||
| 3658 | } | ||||||||
| 3659 | return; | ||||||||
| 3660 | } | ||||||||
| 3661 | Expr *castedE = castExpr; | ||||||||
| 3662 | if (CStyleCastExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(castedE)) | ||||||||
| 3663 | castedE = CCE->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
| 3664 | castedE = castedE->IgnoreImpCasts(); | ||||||||
| 3665 | SourceRange range = castedE->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 3666 | |||||||||
| 3667 | SmallString<32> BridgeCall; | ||||||||
| 3668 | |||||||||
| 3669 | SourceManager &SM = S.getSourceManager(); | ||||||||
| 3670 | char PrevChar = *SM.getCharacterData(range.getBegin().getLocWithOffset(-1)); | ||||||||
| 3671 | if (Lexer::isIdentifierBodyChar(PrevChar, S.getLangOpts())) | ||||||||
| 3672 | BridgeCall += ' '; | ||||||||
| 3673 | |||||||||
| 3674 | BridgeCall += CFBridgeName; | ||||||||
| 3675 | |||||||||
| 3676 | if (isa<ParenExpr>(castedE)) { | ||||||||
| 3677 | DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(range.getBegin(), | ||||||||
| 3678 | BridgeCall)); | ||||||||
| 3679 | } else { | ||||||||
| 3680 | BridgeCall += '('; | ||||||||
| 3681 | DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(range.getBegin(), | ||||||||
| 3682 | BridgeCall)); | ||||||||
| 3683 | DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion( | ||||||||
| 3684 | S.getLocForEndOfToken(range.getEnd()), | ||||||||
| 3685 | ")")); | ||||||||
| 3686 | } | ||||||||
| 3687 | return; | ||||||||
| 3688 | } | ||||||||
| 3689 | |||||||||
| 3690 | if (CCK == Sema::CCK_CStyleCast) { | ||||||||
| 3691 | DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(afterLParen, bridgeKeyword)); | ||||||||
| 3692 | } else if (CCK == Sema::CCK_OtherCast) { | ||||||||
| 3693 | if (const CXXNamedCastExpr *NCE = dyn_cast<CXXNamedCastExpr>(realCast)) { | ||||||||
| 3694 | std::string castCode = "("; | ||||||||
| 3695 | castCode += bridgeKeyword; | ||||||||
| 3696 | castCode += castType.getAsString(); | ||||||||
| 3697 | castCode += ")"; | ||||||||
| 3698 | SourceRange Range(NCE->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||||||
| 3699 | NCE->getAngleBrackets().getEnd()); | ||||||||
| 3700 | DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Range, castCode)); | ||||||||
| 3701 | } | ||||||||
| 3702 | } else { | ||||||||
| 3703 | std::string castCode = "("; | ||||||||
| 3704 | castCode += bridgeKeyword; | ||||||||
| 3705 | castCode += castType.getAsString(); | ||||||||
| 3706 | castCode += ")"; | ||||||||
| 3707 | Expr *castedE = castExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); | ||||||||
| 3708 | SourceRange range = castedE->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 3709 | if (isa<ParenExpr>(castedE)) { | ||||||||
| 3710 | DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(range.getBegin(), | ||||||||
| 3711 | castCode)); | ||||||||
| 3712 | } else { | ||||||||
| 3713 | castCode += "("; | ||||||||
| 3714 | DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(range.getBegin(), | ||||||||
| 3715 | castCode)); | ||||||||
| 3716 | DiagB.AddFixItHint(FixItHint::CreateInsertion( | ||||||||
| 3717 | S.getLocForEndOfToken(range.getEnd()), | ||||||||
| 3718 | ")")); | ||||||||
| 3719 | } | ||||||||
| 3720 | } | ||||||||
| 3721 | } | ||||||||
| 3722 | |||||||||
| 3723 | template <typename T> | ||||||||
| 3724 | static inline T *getObjCBridgeAttr(const TypedefType *TD) { | ||||||||
| 3725 | TypedefNameDecl *TDNDecl = TD->getDecl(); | ||||||||
| 3726 | QualType QT = TDNDecl->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||||||
| 3727 | if (QT->isPointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 3728 | QT = QT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 3729 | if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAs<RecordType>()) | ||||||||
| 3730 | if (RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getMostRecentDecl()) | ||||||||
| 3731 | return RD->getAttr<T>(); | ||||||||
| 3732 | } | ||||||||
| 3733 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3734 | } | ||||||||
| 3735 | |||||||||
| 3736 | static ObjCBridgeRelatedAttr *ObjCBridgeRelatedAttrFromType(QualType T, | ||||||||
| 3737 | TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl) { | ||||||||
| 3738 | while (const TypedefType *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { | ||||||||
| 3739 | TDNDecl = TD->getDecl(); | ||||||||
| 3740 | if (ObjCBridgeRelatedAttr *ObjCBAttr = | ||||||||
| 3741 | getObjCBridgeAttr<ObjCBridgeRelatedAttr>(TD)) | ||||||||
| 3742 | return ObjCBAttr; | ||||||||
| 3743 | T = TDNDecl->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||||||
| 3744 | } | ||||||||
| 3745 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3746 | } | ||||||||
| 3747 | |||||||||
| 3748 | static void | ||||||||
| 3749 | diagnoseObjCARCConversion(Sema &S, SourceRange castRange, | ||||||||
| 3750 | QualType castType, ARCConversionTypeClass castACTC, | ||||||||
| 3751 | Expr *castExpr, Expr *realCast, | ||||||||
| 3752 | ARCConversionTypeClass exprACTC, | ||||||||
| 3753 | Sema::CheckedConversionKind CCK) { | ||||||||
| 3754 | SourceLocation loc = | ||||||||
| 3755 | (castRange.isValid() ? castRange.getBegin() : castExpr->getExprLoc()); | ||||||||
| 3756 | |||||||||
| 3757 | if (S.makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(loc, | ||||||||
| 3758 | UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCForbiddenConversion)) | ||||||||
| 3759 | return; | ||||||||
| 3760 | |||||||||
| 3761 | QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
| 3762 | // Defer emitting a diagnostic for bridge-related casts; that will be | ||||||||
| 3763 | // handled by CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions. | ||||||||
| 3764 | TypedefNameDecl *TDNDecl = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3765 | if ((castACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation && exprACTC == ACTC_retainable && | ||||||||
| 3766 | ObjCBridgeRelatedAttrFromType(castType, TDNDecl)) || | ||||||||
| 3767 | (exprACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation && castACTC == ACTC_retainable && | ||||||||
| 3768 | ObjCBridgeRelatedAttrFromType(castExprType, TDNDecl))) | ||||||||
| 3769 | return; | ||||||||
| 3770 | |||||||||
| 3771 | unsigned srcKind = 0; | ||||||||
| 3772 | switch (exprACTC) { | ||||||||
| 3773 | case ACTC_none: | ||||||||
| 3774 | case ACTC_coreFoundation: | ||||||||
| 3775 | case ACTC_voidPtr: | ||||||||
| 3776 | srcKind = (castExprType->isPointerType() ? 1 : 0); | ||||||||
| 3777 | break; | ||||||||
| 3778 | case ACTC_retainable: | ||||||||
| 3779 | srcKind = (castExprType->isBlockPointerType() ? 2 : 3); | ||||||||
| 3780 | break; | ||||||||
| 3781 | case ACTC_indirectRetainable: | ||||||||
| 3782 | srcKind = 4; | ||||||||
| 3783 | break; | ||||||||
| 3784 | } | ||||||||
| 3785 | |||||||||
| 3786 | // Check whether this could be fixed with a bridge cast. | ||||||||
| 3787 | SourceLocation afterLParen = S.getLocForEndOfToken(castRange.getBegin()); | ||||||||
| 3788 | SourceLocation noteLoc = afterLParen.isValid() ? afterLParen : loc; | ||||||||
| 3789 | |||||||||
| 3790 | unsigned convKindForDiag = Sema::isCast(CCK) ? 0 : 1; | ||||||||
| 3791 | |||||||||
| 3792 | // Bridge from an ARC type to a CF type. | ||||||||
| 3793 | if (castACTC == ACTC_retainable && isAnyRetainable(exprACTC)) { | ||||||||
| 3794 | |||||||||
| 3795 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_arc_cast_requires_bridge) | ||||||||
| 3796 | << convKindForDiag | ||||||||
| 3797 | << 2 // of C pointer type | ||||||||
| 3798 | << castExprType | ||||||||
| 3799 | << unsigned(castType->isBlockPointerType()) // to ObjC|block type | ||||||||
| 3800 | << castType | ||||||||
| 3801 | << castRange | ||||||||
| 3802 | << castExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 3803 | bool br = S.isKnownName("CFBridgingRelease"); | ||||||||
| 3804 | ACCResult CreateRule = | ||||||||
| 3805 | ARCCastChecker(S.Context, exprACTC, castACTC, true).Visit(castExpr); | ||||||||
| 3806 | assert(CreateRule != ACC_bottom && "This cast should already be accepted.")((CreateRule != ACC_bottom && "This cast should already be accepted." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CreateRule != ACC_bottom && \"This cast should already be accepted.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 3806, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 3807 | if (CreateRule != ACC_plusOne) | ||||||||
| 3808 | { | ||||||||
| 3809 | DiagnosticBuilder DiagB = | ||||||||
| 3810 | (CCK != Sema::CCK_OtherCast) ? S.Diag(noteLoc, diag::note_arc_bridge) | ||||||||
| 3811 | : S.Diag(noteLoc, diag::note_arc_cstyle_bridge); | ||||||||
| 3812 | |||||||||
| 3813 | addFixitForObjCARCConversion(S, DiagB, CCK, afterLParen, | ||||||||
| 3814 | castType, castExpr, realCast, "__bridge ", | ||||||||
| 3815 | nullptr); | ||||||||
| 3816 | } | ||||||||
| 3817 | if (CreateRule != ACC_plusZero) | ||||||||
| 3818 | { | ||||||||
| 3819 | DiagnosticBuilder DiagB = | ||||||||
| 3820 | (CCK == Sema::CCK_OtherCast && !br) ? | ||||||||
| 3821 | S.Diag(noteLoc, diag::note_arc_cstyle_bridge_transfer) << castExprType : | ||||||||
| 3822 | S.Diag(br ? castExpr->getExprLoc() : noteLoc, | ||||||||
| 3823 | diag::note_arc_bridge_transfer) | ||||||||
| 3824 | << castExprType << br; | ||||||||
| 3825 | |||||||||
| 3826 | addFixitForObjCARCConversion(S, DiagB, CCK, afterLParen, | ||||||||
| 3827 | castType, castExpr, realCast, "__bridge_transfer ", | ||||||||
| 3828 | br ? "CFBridgingRelease" : nullptr); | ||||||||
| 3829 | } | ||||||||
| 3830 | |||||||||
| 3831 | return; | ||||||||
| 3832 | } | ||||||||
| 3833 | |||||||||
| 3834 | // Bridge from a CF type to an ARC type. | ||||||||
| 3835 | if (exprACTC == ACTC_retainable && isAnyRetainable(castACTC)) { | ||||||||
| 3836 | bool br = S.isKnownName("CFBridgingRetain"); | ||||||||
| 3837 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_arc_cast_requires_bridge) | ||||||||
| 3838 | << convKindForDiag | ||||||||
| 3839 | << unsigned(castExprType->isBlockPointerType()) // of ObjC|block type | ||||||||
| 3840 | << castExprType | ||||||||
| 3841 | << 2 // to C pointer type | ||||||||
| 3842 | << castType | ||||||||
| 3843 | << castRange | ||||||||
| 3844 | << castExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 3845 | ACCResult CreateRule = | ||||||||
| 3846 | ARCCastChecker(S.Context, exprACTC, castACTC, true).Visit(castExpr); | ||||||||
| 3847 | assert(CreateRule != ACC_bottom && "This cast should already be accepted.")((CreateRule != ACC_bottom && "This cast should already be accepted." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CreateRule != ACC_bottom && \"This cast should already be accepted.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 3847, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 3848 | if (CreateRule != ACC_plusOne) | ||||||||
| 3849 | { | ||||||||
| 3850 | DiagnosticBuilder DiagB = | ||||||||
| 3851 | (CCK != Sema::CCK_OtherCast) ? S.Diag(noteLoc, diag::note_arc_bridge) | ||||||||
| 3852 | : S.Diag(noteLoc, diag::note_arc_cstyle_bridge); | ||||||||
| 3853 | addFixitForObjCARCConversion(S, DiagB, CCK, afterLParen, | ||||||||
| 3854 | castType, castExpr, realCast, "__bridge ", | ||||||||
| 3855 | nullptr); | ||||||||
| 3856 | } | ||||||||
| 3857 | if (CreateRule != ACC_plusZero) | ||||||||
| 3858 | { | ||||||||
| 3859 | DiagnosticBuilder DiagB = | ||||||||
| 3860 | (CCK == Sema::CCK_OtherCast && !br) ? | ||||||||
| 3861 | S.Diag(noteLoc, diag::note_arc_cstyle_bridge_retained) << castType : | ||||||||
| 3862 | S.Diag(br ? castExpr->getExprLoc() : noteLoc, | ||||||||
| 3863 | diag::note_arc_bridge_retained) | ||||||||
| 3864 | << castType << br; | ||||||||
| 3865 | |||||||||
| 3866 | addFixitForObjCARCConversion(S, DiagB, CCK, afterLParen, | ||||||||
| 3867 | castType, castExpr, realCast, "__bridge_retained ", | ||||||||
| 3868 | br ? "CFBridgingRetain" : nullptr); | ||||||||
| 3869 | } | ||||||||
| 3870 | |||||||||
| 3871 | return; | ||||||||
| 3872 | } | ||||||||
| 3873 | |||||||||
| 3874 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_arc_mismatched_cast) | ||||||||
| 3875 | << !convKindForDiag | ||||||||
| 3876 | << srcKind << castExprType << castType | ||||||||
| 3877 | << castRange << castExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 3878 | } | ||||||||
| 3879 | |||||||||
| 3880 | template <typename TB> | ||||||||
| 3881 | static bool CheckObjCBridgeNSCast(Sema &S, QualType castType, Expr *castExpr, | ||||||||
| 3882 | bool &HadTheAttribute, bool warn) { | ||||||||
| 3883 | QualType T = castExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
| 3884 | HadTheAttribute = false; | ||||||||
| 3885 | while (const TypedefType *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { | ||||||||
| 3886 | TypedefNameDecl *TDNDecl = TD->getDecl(); | ||||||||
| 3887 | if (TB *ObjCBAttr = getObjCBridgeAttr<TB>(TD)) { | ||||||||
| 3888 | if (IdentifierInfo *Parm = ObjCBAttr->getBridgedType()) { | ||||||||
| 3889 | HadTheAttribute = true; | ||||||||
| 3890 | if (Parm->isStr("id")) | ||||||||
| 3891 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3892 | |||||||||
| 3893 | NamedDecl *Target = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3894 | // Check for an existing type with this name. | ||||||||
| 3895 | LookupResult R(S, DeclarationName(Parm), SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 3896 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
| 3897 | if (S.LookupName(R, S.TUScope)) { | ||||||||
| 3898 | Target = R.getFoundDecl(); | ||||||||
| 3899 | if (Target && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Target)) { | ||||||||
| 3900 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ExprClass = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Target); | ||||||||
| 3901 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *InterfacePointerType = | ||||||||
| 3902 | castType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 3903 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CastClass | ||||||||
| 3904 | = InterfacePointerType->getObjectType()->getInterface(); | ||||||||
| 3905 | if ((CastClass == ExprClass) || | ||||||||
| 3906 | (CastClass && CastClass->isSuperClassOf(ExprClass))) | ||||||||
| 3907 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3908 | if (warn) | ||||||||
| 3909 | S.Diag(castExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_objc_invalid_bridge) | ||||||||
| 3910 | << T << Target->getName() << castType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 3911 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3912 | } else if (castType->isObjCIdType() || | ||||||||
| 3913 | (S.Context.ObjCObjectAdoptsQTypeProtocols( | ||||||||
| 3914 | castType, ExprClass))) | ||||||||
| 3915 | // ok to cast to 'id'. | ||||||||
| 3916 | // casting to id<p-list> is ok if bridge type adopts all of | ||||||||
| 3917 | // p-list protocols. | ||||||||
| 3918 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3919 | else { | ||||||||
| 3920 | if (warn) { | ||||||||
| 3921 | S.Diag(castExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_objc_invalid_bridge) | ||||||||
| 3922 | << T << Target->getName() << castType; | ||||||||
| 3923 | S.Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 3924 | S.Diag(Target->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 3925 | } | ||||||||
| 3926 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3927 | } | ||||||||
| 3928 | } | ||||||||
| 3929 | } else if (!castType->isObjCIdType()) { | ||||||||
| 3930 | S.Diag(castExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 3931 | diag::err_objc_cf_bridged_not_interface) | ||||||||
| 3932 | << castExpr->getType() << Parm; | ||||||||
| 3933 | S.Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 3934 | if (Target) | ||||||||
| 3935 | S.Diag(Target->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 3936 | } | ||||||||
| 3937 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3938 | } | ||||||||
| 3939 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3940 | } | ||||||||
| 3941 | T = TDNDecl->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||||||
| 3942 | } | ||||||||
| 3943 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3944 | } | ||||||||
| 3945 | |||||||||
| 3946 | template <typename TB> | ||||||||
| 3947 | static bool CheckObjCBridgeCFCast(Sema &S, QualType castType, Expr *castExpr, | ||||||||
| 3948 | bool &HadTheAttribute, bool warn) { | ||||||||
| 3949 | QualType T = castType; | ||||||||
| 3950 | HadTheAttribute = false; | ||||||||
| 3951 | while (const TypedefType *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { | ||||||||
| 3952 | TypedefNameDecl *TDNDecl = TD->getDecl(); | ||||||||
| 3953 | if (TB *ObjCBAttr = getObjCBridgeAttr<TB>(TD)) { | ||||||||
| 3954 | if (IdentifierInfo *Parm = ObjCBAttr->getBridgedType()) { | ||||||||
| 3955 | HadTheAttribute = true; | ||||||||
| 3956 | if (Parm->isStr("id")) | ||||||||
| 3957 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3958 | |||||||||
| 3959 | NamedDecl *Target = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 3960 | // Check for an existing type with this name. | ||||||||
| 3961 | LookupResult R(S, DeclarationName(Parm), SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 3962 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
| 3963 | if (S.LookupName(R, S.TUScope)) { | ||||||||
| 3964 | Target = R.getFoundDecl(); | ||||||||
| 3965 | if (Target && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Target)) { | ||||||||
| 3966 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CastClass = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Target); | ||||||||
| 3967 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *InterfacePointerType = | ||||||||
| 3968 | castExpr->getType()->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 3969 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ExprClass | ||||||||
| 3970 | = InterfacePointerType->getObjectType()->getInterface(); | ||||||||
| 3971 | if ((CastClass == ExprClass) || | ||||||||
| 3972 | (ExprClass && CastClass->isSuperClassOf(ExprClass))) | ||||||||
| 3973 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3974 | if (warn) { | ||||||||
| 3975 | S.Diag(castExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 3976 | diag::warn_objc_invalid_bridge_to_cf) | ||||||||
| 3977 | << castExpr->getType()->getPointeeType() << T; | ||||||||
| 3978 | S.Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 3979 | } | ||||||||
| 3980 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3981 | } else if (castExpr->getType()->isObjCIdType() || | ||||||||
| 3982 | (S.Context.QIdProtocolsAdoptObjCObjectProtocols( | ||||||||
| 3983 | castExpr->getType(), CastClass))) | ||||||||
| 3984 | // ok to cast an 'id' expression to a CFtype. | ||||||||
| 3985 | // ok to cast an 'id<plist>' expression to CFtype provided plist | ||||||||
| 3986 | // adopts all of CFtype's ObjetiveC's class plist. | ||||||||
| 3987 | return true; | ||||||||
| 3988 | else { | ||||||||
| 3989 | if (warn) { | ||||||||
| 3990 | S.Diag(castExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 3991 | diag::warn_objc_invalid_bridge_to_cf) | ||||||||
| 3992 | << castExpr->getType() << castType; | ||||||||
| 3993 | S.Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 3994 | S.Diag(Target->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 3995 | } | ||||||||
| 3996 | return false; | ||||||||
| 3997 | } | ||||||||
| 3998 | } | ||||||||
| 3999 | } | ||||||||
| 4000 | S.Diag(castExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 4001 | diag::err_objc_ns_bridged_invalid_cfobject) | ||||||||
| 4002 | << castExpr->getType() << castType; | ||||||||
| 4003 | S.Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 4004 | if (Target) | ||||||||
| 4005 | S.Diag(Target->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 4006 | return true; | ||||||||
| 4007 | } | ||||||||
| 4008 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4009 | } | ||||||||
| 4010 | T = TDNDecl->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||||||
| 4011 | } | ||||||||
| 4012 | return true; | ||||||||
| 4013 | } | ||||||||
| 4014 | |||||||||
| 4015 | void Sema::CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr) { | ||||||||
| 4016 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||||
| 4017 | return; | ||||||||
| 4018 | // warn in presence of __bridge casting to or from a toll free bridge cast. | ||||||||
| 4019 | ARCConversionTypeClass exprACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(castExpr->getType()); | ||||||||
| 4020 | ARCConversionTypeClass castACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(castType); | ||||||||
| 4021 | if (castACTC == ACTC_retainable && exprACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation) { | ||||||||
| 4022 | bool HasObjCBridgeAttr; | ||||||||
| 4023 | bool ObjCBridgeAttrWillNotWarn = | ||||||||
| 4024 | CheckObjCBridgeNSCast<ObjCBridgeAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr, HasObjCBridgeAttr, | ||||||||
| 4025 | false); | ||||||||
| 4026 | if (ObjCBridgeAttrWillNotWarn && HasObjCBridgeAttr) | ||||||||
| 4027 | return; | ||||||||
| 4028 | bool HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr; | ||||||||
| 4029 | bool ObjCBridgeMutableAttrWillNotWarn = | ||||||||
| 4030 | CheckObjCBridgeNSCast<ObjCBridgeMutableAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr, | ||||||||
| 4031 | HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr, false); | ||||||||
| 4032 | if (ObjCBridgeMutableAttrWillNotWarn && HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr) | ||||||||
| 4033 | return; | ||||||||
| 4034 | |||||||||
| 4035 | if (HasObjCBridgeAttr) | ||||||||
| 4036 | CheckObjCBridgeNSCast<ObjCBridgeAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr, HasObjCBridgeAttr, | ||||||||
| 4037 | true); | ||||||||
| 4038 | else if (HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr) | ||||||||
| 4039 | CheckObjCBridgeNSCast<ObjCBridgeMutableAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr, | ||||||||
| 4040 | HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr, true); | ||||||||
| 4041 | } | ||||||||
| 4042 | else if (castACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation && exprACTC == ACTC_retainable) { | ||||||||
| 4043 | bool HasObjCBridgeAttr; | ||||||||
| 4044 | bool ObjCBridgeAttrWillNotWarn = | ||||||||
| 4045 | CheckObjCBridgeCFCast<ObjCBridgeAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr, HasObjCBridgeAttr, | ||||||||
| 4046 | false); | ||||||||
| 4047 | if (ObjCBridgeAttrWillNotWarn && HasObjCBridgeAttr) | ||||||||
| 4048 | return; | ||||||||
| 4049 | bool HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr; | ||||||||
| 4050 | bool ObjCBridgeMutableAttrWillNotWarn = | ||||||||
| 4051 | CheckObjCBridgeCFCast<ObjCBridgeMutableAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr, | ||||||||
| 4052 | HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr, false); | ||||||||
| 4053 | if (ObjCBridgeMutableAttrWillNotWarn && HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr) | ||||||||
| 4054 | return; | ||||||||
| 4055 | |||||||||
| 4056 | if (HasObjCBridgeAttr) | ||||||||
| 4057 | CheckObjCBridgeCFCast<ObjCBridgeAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr, HasObjCBridgeAttr, | ||||||||
| 4058 | true); | ||||||||
| 4059 | else if (HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr) | ||||||||
| 4060 | CheckObjCBridgeCFCast<ObjCBridgeMutableAttr>(*this, castType, castExpr, | ||||||||
| 4061 | HasObjCBridgeMutableAttr, true); | ||||||||
| 4062 | } | ||||||||
| 4063 | } | ||||||||
| 4064 | |||||||||
| 4065 | void Sema::CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr) { | ||||||||
| 4066 | QualType SrcType = castExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
| 4067 | if (ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(castExpr)) { | ||||||||
| 4068 | if (PRE->isExplicitProperty()) { | ||||||||
| 4069 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PRE->getExplicitProperty()) | ||||||||
| 4070 | SrcType = PDecl->getType(); | ||||||||
| 4071 | } | ||||||||
| 4072 | else if (PRE->isImplicitProperty()) { | ||||||||
| 4073 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = PRE->getImplicitPropertyGetter()) | ||||||||
| 4074 | SrcType = Getter->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
| 4075 | } | ||||||||
| 4076 | } | ||||||||
| 4077 | |||||||||
| 4078 | ARCConversionTypeClass srcExprACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(SrcType); | ||||||||
| 4079 | ARCConversionTypeClass castExprACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(castType); | ||||||||
| 4080 | if (srcExprACTC != ACTC_retainable || castExprACTC != ACTC_coreFoundation) | ||||||||
| 4081 | return; | ||||||||
| 4082 | CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(castExpr->getBeginLoc(), castType, SrcType, | ||||||||
| 4083 | castExpr); | ||||||||
| 4084 | } | ||||||||
| 4085 | |||||||||
| 4086 | bool Sema::CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr, | ||||||||
| 4087 | CastKind &Kind) { | ||||||||
| 4088 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||||
| 4089 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4090 | ARCConversionTypeClass exprACTC = | ||||||||
| 4091 | classifyTypeForARCConversion(castExpr->getType()); | ||||||||
| 4092 | ARCConversionTypeClass castACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(castType); | ||||||||
| 4093 | if ((castACTC == ACTC_retainable && exprACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation) || | ||||||||
| 4094 | (castACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation && exprACTC == ACTC_retainable)) { | ||||||||
| 4095 | CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(castType, castExpr); | ||||||||
| 4096 | Kind = (castACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation) ? CK_BitCast | ||||||||
| 4097 | : CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||||
| 4098 | return true; | ||||||||
| 4099 | } | ||||||||
| 4100 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4101 | } | ||||||||
| 4102 | |||||||||
| 4103 | bool Sema::checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 4104 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, | ||||||||
| 4105 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass, | ||||||||
| 4106 | ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod, | ||||||||
| 4107 | ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod, | ||||||||
| 4108 | TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl, | ||||||||
| 4109 | bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose) { | ||||||||
| 4110 | QualType T = CfToNs ? SrcType : DestType; | ||||||||
| 4111 | ObjCBridgeRelatedAttr *ObjCBAttr = ObjCBridgeRelatedAttrFromType(T, TDNDecl); | ||||||||
| 4112 | if (!ObjCBAttr) | ||||||||
| 4113 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4114 | |||||||||
| 4115 | IdentifierInfo *RCId = ObjCBAttr->getRelatedClass(); | ||||||||
| 4116 | IdentifierInfo *CMId = ObjCBAttr->getClassMethod(); | ||||||||
| 4117 | IdentifierInfo *IMId = ObjCBAttr->getInstanceMethod(); | ||||||||
| 4118 | if (!RCId) | ||||||||
| 4119 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4120 | NamedDecl *Target = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4121 | // Check for an existing type with this name. | ||||||||
| 4122 | LookupResult R(*this, DeclarationName(RCId), SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
| 4123 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||||||
| 4124 | if (!LookupName(R, TUScope)) { | ||||||||
| 4125 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
| 4126 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_bridged_related_invalid_class) << RCId | ||||||||
| 4127 | << SrcType << DestType; | ||||||||
| 4128 | Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 4129 | } | ||||||||
| 4130 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4131 | } | ||||||||
| 4132 | Target = R.getFoundDecl(); | ||||||||
| 4133 | if (Target && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Target)) | ||||||||
| 4134 | RelatedClass = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Target); | ||||||||
| 4135 | else { | ||||||||
| 4136 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
| 4137 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_bridged_related_invalid_class_name) << RCId | ||||||||
| 4138 | << SrcType << DestType; | ||||||||
| 4139 | Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 4140 | if (Target) | ||||||||
| 4141 | Diag(Target->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 4142 | } | ||||||||
| 4143 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4144 | } | ||||||||
| 4145 | |||||||||
| 4146 | // Check for an existing class method with the given selector name. | ||||||||
| 4147 | if (CfToNs && CMId) { | ||||||||
| 4148 | Selector Sel = Context.Selectors.getUnarySelector(CMId); | ||||||||
| 4149 | ClassMethod = RelatedClass->lookupMethod(Sel, false); | ||||||||
| 4150 | if (!ClassMethod) { | ||||||||
| 4151 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
| 4152 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_bridged_related_known_method) | ||||||||
| 4153 | << SrcType << DestType << Sel << false; | ||||||||
| 4154 | Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 4155 | } | ||||||||
| 4156 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4157 | } | ||||||||
| 4158 | } | ||||||||
| 4159 | |||||||||
| 4160 | // Check for an existing instance method with the given selector name. | ||||||||
| 4161 | if (!CfToNs && IMId) { | ||||||||
| 4162 | Selector Sel = Context.Selectors.getNullarySelector(IMId); | ||||||||
| 4163 | InstanceMethod = RelatedClass->lookupMethod(Sel, true); | ||||||||
| 4164 | if (!InstanceMethod) { | ||||||||
| 4165 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
| 4166 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_bridged_related_known_method) | ||||||||
| 4167 | << SrcType << DestType << Sel << true; | ||||||||
| 4168 | Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 4169 | } | ||||||||
| 4170 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4171 | } | ||||||||
| 4172 | } | ||||||||
| 4173 | return true; | ||||||||
| 4174 | } | ||||||||
| 4175 | |||||||||
| 4176 | bool | ||||||||
| 4177 | Sema::CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
| 4178 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, | ||||||||
| 4179 | Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose) { | ||||||||
| 4180 | ARCConversionTypeClass rhsExprACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(SrcType); | ||||||||
| 4181 | ARCConversionTypeClass lhsExprACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(DestType); | ||||||||
| 4182 | bool CfToNs = (rhsExprACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation && lhsExprACTC == ACTC_retainable); | ||||||||
| 4183 | bool NsToCf = (rhsExprACTC == ACTC_retainable && lhsExprACTC == ACTC_coreFoundation); | ||||||||
| 4184 | if (!CfToNs && !NsToCf) | ||||||||
| 4185 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4186 | |||||||||
| 4187 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *RelatedClass; | ||||||||
| 4188 | ObjCMethodDecl *ClassMethod = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4189 | ObjCMethodDecl *InstanceMethod = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4190 | TypedefNameDecl *TDNDecl = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4191 | if (!checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(Loc, DestType, SrcType, RelatedClass, | ||||||||
| 4192 | ClassMethod, InstanceMethod, TDNDecl, | ||||||||
| 4193 | CfToNs, Diagnose)) | ||||||||
| 4194 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4195 | |||||||||
| 4196 | if (CfToNs) { | ||||||||
| 4197 | // Implicit conversion from CF to ObjC object is needed. | ||||||||
| 4198 | if (ClassMethod) { | ||||||||
| 4199 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
| 4200 | std::string ExpressionString = "["; | ||||||||
| 4201 | ExpressionString += RelatedClass->getNameAsString(); | ||||||||
| 4202 | ExpressionString += " "; | ||||||||
| 4203 | ExpressionString += ClassMethod->getSelector().getAsString(); | ||||||||
| 4204 | SourceLocation SrcExprEndLoc = | ||||||||
| 4205 | getLocForEndOfToken(SrcExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
| 4206 | // Provide a fixit: [RelatedClass ClassMethod SrcExpr] | ||||||||
| 4207 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_bridged_related_known_method) | ||||||||
| 4208 | << SrcType << DestType << ClassMethod->getSelector() << false | ||||||||
| 4209 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
| 4210 | ExpressionString) | ||||||||
| 4211 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SrcExprEndLoc, "]"); | ||||||||
| 4212 | Diag(RelatedClass->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 4213 | Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 4214 | |||||||||
| 4215 | QualType receiverType = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(RelatedClass); | ||||||||
| 4216 | // Argument. | ||||||||
| 4217 | Expr *args[] = { SrcExpr }; | ||||||||
| 4218 | ExprResult msg = BuildClassMessageImplicit(receiverType, false, | ||||||||
| 4219 | ClassMethod->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 4220 | ClassMethod->getSelector(), ClassMethod, | ||||||||
| 4221 | MultiExprArg(args, 1)); | ||||||||
| 4222 | SrcExpr = msg.get(); | ||||||||
| 4223 | } | ||||||||
| 4224 | return true; | ||||||||
| 4225 | } | ||||||||
| 4226 | } | ||||||||
| 4227 | else { | ||||||||
| 4228 | // Implicit conversion from ObjC type to CF object is needed. | ||||||||
| 4229 | if (InstanceMethod) { | ||||||||
| 4230 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
| 4231 | std::string ExpressionString; | ||||||||
| 4232 | SourceLocation SrcExprEndLoc = | ||||||||
| 4233 | getLocForEndOfToken(SrcExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||||||
| 4234 | if (InstanceMethod->isPropertyAccessor()) | ||||||||
| 4235 | if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = | ||||||||
| 4236 | InstanceMethod->findPropertyDecl()) { | ||||||||
| 4237 | // fixit: ObjectExpr.propertyname when it is aproperty accessor. | ||||||||
| 4238 | ExpressionString = "."; | ||||||||
| 4239 | ExpressionString += PDecl->getNameAsString(); | ||||||||
| 4240 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_bridged_related_known_method) | ||||||||
| 4241 | << SrcType << DestType << InstanceMethod->getSelector() << true | ||||||||
| 4242 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SrcExprEndLoc, ExpressionString); | ||||||||
| 4243 | } | ||||||||
| 4244 | if (ExpressionString.empty()) { | ||||||||
| 4245 | // Provide a fixit: [ObjectExpr InstanceMethod] | ||||||||
| 4246 | ExpressionString = " "; | ||||||||
| 4247 | ExpressionString += InstanceMethod->getSelector().getAsString(); | ||||||||
| 4248 | ExpressionString += "]"; | ||||||||
| 4249 | |||||||||
| 4250 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_bridged_related_known_method) | ||||||||
| 4251 | << SrcType << DestType << InstanceMethod->getSelector() << true | ||||||||
| 4252 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), "[") | ||||||||
| 4253 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SrcExprEndLoc, ExpressionString); | ||||||||
| 4254 | } | ||||||||
| 4255 | Diag(RelatedClass->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 4256 | Diag(TDNDecl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||||||
| 4257 | |||||||||
| 4258 | ExprResult msg = | ||||||||
| 4259 | BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(SrcExpr, SrcType, | ||||||||
| 4260 | InstanceMethod->getLocation(), | ||||||||
| 4261 | InstanceMethod->getSelector(), | ||||||||
| 4262 | InstanceMethod, None); | ||||||||
| 4263 | SrcExpr = msg.get(); | ||||||||
| 4264 | } | ||||||||
| 4265 | return true; | ||||||||
| 4266 | } | ||||||||
| 4267 | } | ||||||||
| 4268 | return false; | ||||||||
| 4269 | } | ||||||||
| 4270 | |||||||||
| 4271 | Sema::ARCConversionResult | ||||||||
| 4272 | Sema::CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange, QualType castType, | ||||||||
| 4273 | Expr *&castExpr, CheckedConversionKind CCK, | ||||||||
| 4274 | bool Diagnose, bool DiagnoseCFAudited, | ||||||||
| 4275 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||||||
| 4276 | QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
| 4277 | |||||||||
| 4278 | // For the purposes of the classification, we assume reference types | ||||||||
| 4279 | // will bind to temporaries. | ||||||||
| 4280 | QualType effCastType = castType; | ||||||||
| 4281 | if (const ReferenceType *ref = castType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||||||
| 4282 | effCastType = ref->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
| 4283 | |||||||||
| 4284 | ARCConversionTypeClass exprACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(castExprType); | ||||||||
| 4285 | ARCConversionTypeClass castACTC = classifyTypeForARCConversion(effCastType); | ||||||||
| 4286 | if (exprACTC == castACTC) { | ||||||||
| 4287 | // Check for viability and report error if casting an rvalue to a | ||||||||
| 4288 | // life-time qualifier. | ||||||||
| 4289 | if (castACTC == ACTC_retainable && | ||||||||
| 4290 | (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_OtherCast) && | ||||||||
| 4291 | castType != castExprType) { | ||||||||
| 4292 | const Type *DT = castType.getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
| 4293 | QualType QDT = castType; | ||||||||
| 4294 | // We desugar some types but not others. We ignore those | ||||||||
| 4295 | // that cannot happen in a cast; i.e. auto, and those which | ||||||||
| 4296 | // should not be de-sugared; i.e typedef. | ||||||||
| 4297 | if (const ParenType *PT = dyn_cast<ParenType>(DT)) | ||||||||
| 4298 | QDT = PT->desugar(); | ||||||||
| 4299 | else if (const TypeOfType *TP = dyn_cast<TypeOfType>(DT)) | ||||||||
| 4300 | QDT = TP->desugar(); | ||||||||
| 4301 | else if (const AttributedType *AT = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(DT)) | ||||||||
| 4302 | QDT = AT->desugar(); | ||||||||
| 4303 | if (QDT != castType && | ||||||||
| 4304 | QDT.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) { | ||||||||
| 4305 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
| 4306 | SourceLocation loc = (castRange.isValid() ? castRange.getBegin() | ||||||||
| 4307 | : castExpr->getExprLoc()); | ||||||||
| 4308 | Diag(loc, diag::err_arc_nolifetime_behavior); | ||||||||
| 4309 | } | ||||||||
| 4310 | return ACR_error; | ||||||||
| 4311 | } | ||||||||
| 4312 | } | ||||||||
| 4313 | return ACR_okay; | ||||||||
| 4314 | } | ||||||||
| 4315 | |||||||||
| 4316 | // The life-time qualifier cast check above is all we need for ObjCWeak. | ||||||||
| 4317 | // ObjCAutoRefCount has more restrictions on what is legal. | ||||||||
| 4318 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||||||
| 4319 | return ACR_okay; | ||||||||
| 4320 | |||||||||
| 4321 | if (isAnyCLike(exprACTC) && isAnyCLike(castACTC)) return ACR_okay; | ||||||||
| 4322 | |||||||||
| 4323 | // Allow all of these types to be cast to integer types (but not | ||||||||
| 4324 | // vice-versa). | ||||||||
| 4325 | if (castACTC == ACTC_none && castType->isIntegralType(Context)) | ||||||||
| 4326 | return ACR_okay; | ||||||||
| 4327 | |||||||||
| 4328 | // Allow casts between pointers to lifetime types (e.g., __strong id*) | ||||||||
| 4329 | // and pointers to void (e.g., cv void *). Casting from void* to lifetime* | ||||||||
| 4330 | // must be explicit. | ||||||||
| 4331 | if (exprACTC == ACTC_indirectRetainable && castACTC == ACTC_voidPtr) | ||||||||
| 4332 | return ACR_okay; | ||||||||
| 4333 | if (castACTC == ACTC_indirectRetainable && exprACTC == ACTC_voidPtr && | ||||||||
| 4334 | isCast(CCK)) | ||||||||
| 4335 | return ACR_okay; | ||||||||
| 4336 | |||||||||
| 4337 | switch (ARCCastChecker(Context, exprACTC, castACTC, false).Visit(castExpr)) { | ||||||||
| 4338 | // For invalid casts, fall through. | ||||||||
| 4339 | case ACC_invalid: | ||||||||
| 4340 | break; | ||||||||
| 4341 | |||||||||
| 4342 | // Do nothing for both bottom and +0. | ||||||||
| 4343 | case ACC_bottom: | ||||||||
| 4344 | case ACC_plusZero: | ||||||||
| 4345 | return ACR_okay; | ||||||||
| 4346 | |||||||||
| 4347 | // If the result is +1, consume it here. | ||||||||
| 4348 | case ACC_plusOne: | ||||||||
| 4349 | castExpr = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, castExpr->getType(), | ||||||||
| 4350 | CK_ARCConsumeObject, castExpr, | ||||||||
| 4351 | nullptr, VK_RValue); | ||||||||
| 4352 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | ||||||||
| 4353 | return ACR_okay; | ||||||||
| 4354 | } | ||||||||
| 4355 | |||||||||
| 4356 | // If this is a non-implicit cast from id or block type to a | ||||||||
| 4357 | // CoreFoundation type, delay complaining in case the cast is used | ||||||||
| 4358 | // in an acceptable context. | ||||||||
| 4359 | if (exprACTC == ACTC_retainable && isAnyRetainable(castACTC) && isCast(CCK)) | ||||||||
| 4360 | return ACR_unbridged; | ||||||||
| 4361 | |||||||||
| 4362 | // Issue a diagnostic about a missing @-sign when implicit casting a cstring | ||||||||
| 4363 | // to 'NSString *', instead of falling through to report a "bridge cast" | ||||||||
| 4364 | // diagnostic. | ||||||||
| 4365 | if (castACTC == ACTC_retainable && exprACTC == ACTC_none && | ||||||||
| 4366 | ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(castType, castExpr, Diagnose)) | ||||||||
| 4367 | return ACR_error; | ||||||||
| 4368 | |||||||||
| 4369 | // Do not issue "bridge cast" diagnostic when implicit casting | ||||||||
| 4370 | // a retainable object to a CF type parameter belonging to an audited | ||||||||
| 4371 | // CF API function. Let caller issue a normal type mismatched diagnostic | ||||||||
| 4372 | // instead. | ||||||||
| 4373 | if ((!DiagnoseCFAudited || exprACTC != ACTC_retainable || | ||||||||
| 4374 | castACTC != ACTC_coreFoundation) && | ||||||||
| 4375 | !(exprACTC == ACTC_voidPtr && castACTC == ACTC_retainable && | ||||||||
| 4376 | (Opc == BO_NE || Opc == BO_EQ))) { | ||||||||
| 4377 | if (Diagnose) | ||||||||
| 4378 | diagnoseObjCARCConversion(*this, castRange, castType, castACTC, castExpr, | ||||||||
| 4379 | castExpr, exprACTC, CCK); | ||||||||
| 4380 | return ACR_error; | ||||||||
| 4381 | } | ||||||||
| 4382 | return ACR_okay; | ||||||||
| 4383 | } | ||||||||
| 4384 | |||||||||
| 4385 | /// Given that we saw an expression with the ARCUnbridgedCastTy | ||||||||
| 4386 | /// placeholder type, complain bitterly. | ||||||||
| 4387 | void Sema::diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e) { | ||||||||
| 4388 | // We expect the spurious ImplicitCastExpr to already have been stripped. | ||||||||
| 4389 | assert(!e->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast))((!e->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!e->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 4389, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4390 | CastExpr *realCast = cast<CastExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()); | ||||||||
| 4391 | |||||||||
| 4392 | SourceRange castRange; | ||||||||
| 4393 | QualType castType; | ||||||||
| 4394 | CheckedConversionKind CCK; | ||||||||
| 4395 | |||||||||
| 4396 | if (CStyleCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(realCast)) { | ||||||||
| 4397 | castRange = SourceRange(cast->getLParenLoc(), cast->getRParenLoc()); | ||||||||
| 4398 | castType = cast->getTypeAsWritten(); | ||||||||
| 4399 | CCK = CCK_CStyleCast; | ||||||||
| 4400 | } else if (ExplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(realCast)) { | ||||||||
| 4401 | castRange = cast->getTypeInfoAsWritten()->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 4402 | castType = cast->getTypeAsWritten(); | ||||||||
| 4403 | CCK = CCK_OtherCast; | ||||||||
| 4404 | } else { | ||||||||
| 4405 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ImplicitCastExpr")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unexpected ImplicitCastExpr" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 4405); | ||||||||
| 4406 | } | ||||||||
| 4407 | |||||||||
| 4408 | ARCConversionTypeClass castACTC = | ||||||||
| 4409 | classifyTypeForARCConversion(castType.getNonReferenceType()); | ||||||||
| 4410 | |||||||||
| 4411 | Expr *castExpr = realCast->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
| 4412 | assert(classifyTypeForARCConversion(castExpr->getType()) == ACTC_retainable)((classifyTypeForARCConversion(castExpr->getType()) == ACTC_retainable ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("classifyTypeForARCConversion(castExpr->getType()) == ACTC_retainable" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 4412, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4413 | |||||||||
| 4414 | diagnoseObjCARCConversion(*this, castRange, castType, castACTC, | ||||||||
| 4415 | castExpr, realCast, ACTC_retainable, CCK); | ||||||||
| 4416 | } | ||||||||
| 4417 | |||||||||
| 4418 | /// stripARCUnbridgedCast - Given an expression of ARCUnbridgedCast | ||||||||
| 4419 | /// type, remove the placeholder cast. | ||||||||
| 4420 | Expr *Sema::stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e) { | ||||||||
| 4421 | assert(e->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast))((e->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("e->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 4421, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4422 | |||||||||
| 4423 | if (ParenExpr *pe = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(e)) { | ||||||||
| 4424 | Expr *sub = stripARCUnbridgedCast(pe->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
| 4425 | return new (Context) ParenExpr(pe->getLParen(), pe->getRParen(), sub); | ||||||||
| 4426 | } else if (UnaryOperator *uo = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(e)) { | ||||||||
| 4427 | assert(uo->getOpcode() == UO_Extension)((uo->getOpcode() == UO_Extension) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("uo->getOpcode() == UO_Extension", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 4427, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4428 | Expr *sub = stripARCUnbridgedCast(uo->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
| 4429 | return new (Context) | ||||||||
| 4430 | UnaryOperator(sub, UO_Extension, sub->getType(), sub->getValueKind(), | ||||||||
| 4431 | sub->getObjectKind(), uo->getOperatorLoc(), false); | ||||||||
| 4432 | } else if (GenericSelectionExpr *gse = dyn_cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(e)) { | ||||||||
| 4433 | assert(!gse->isResultDependent())((!gse->isResultDependent()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!gse->isResultDependent()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 4433, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4434 | |||||||||
| 4435 | unsigned n = gse->getNumAssocs(); | ||||||||
| 4436 | SmallVector<Expr *, 4> subExprs; | ||||||||
| 4437 | SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> subTypes; | ||||||||
| 4438 | subExprs.reserve(n); | ||||||||
| 4439 | subTypes.reserve(n); | ||||||||
| 4440 | for (const GenericSelectionExpr::Association assoc : gse->associations()) { | ||||||||
| 4441 | subTypes.push_back(assoc.getTypeSourceInfo()); | ||||||||
| 4442 | Expr *sub = assoc.getAssociationExpr(); | ||||||||
| 4443 | if (assoc.isSelected()) | ||||||||
| 4444 | sub = stripARCUnbridgedCast(sub); | ||||||||
| 4445 | subExprs.push_back(sub); | ||||||||
| 4446 | } | ||||||||
| 4447 | |||||||||
| 4448 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create( | ||||||||
| 4449 | Context, gse->getGenericLoc(), gse->getControllingExpr(), subTypes, | ||||||||
| 4450 | subExprs, gse->getDefaultLoc(), gse->getRParenLoc(), | ||||||||
| 4451 | gse->containsUnexpandedParameterPack(), gse->getResultIndex()); | ||||||||
| 4452 | } else { | ||||||||
| 4453 | assert(isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(e) && "bad form of unbridged cast!")((isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(e) && "bad form of unbridged cast!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(e) && \"bad form of unbridged cast!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp" , 4453, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
| 4454 | return cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(e)->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
| 4455 | } | ||||||||
| 4456 | } | ||||||||
| 4457 | |||||||||
| 4458 | bool Sema::CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, | ||||||||
| 4459 | QualType exprType) { | ||||||||
| 4460 | QualType canCastType = | ||||||||
| 4461 | Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 4462 | QualType canExprType = | ||||||||
| 4463 | Context.getCanonicalType(exprType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
| 4464 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(canCastType) && | ||||||||
| 4465 | castType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && | ||||||||
| 4466 | canExprType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||||||
| 4467 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjT = | ||||||||
| 4468 | canExprType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||||||
| 4469 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjI = ObjT->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
| 4470 | return !ObjI->isArcWeakrefUnavailable(); | ||||||||
| 4471 | } | ||||||||
| 4472 | return true; | ||||||||
| 4473 | } | ||||||||
| 4474 | |||||||||
| 4475 | /// Look for an ObjCReclaimReturnedObject cast and destroy it. | ||||||||
| 4476 | static Expr *maybeUndoReclaimObject(Expr *e) { | ||||||||
| 4477 | Expr *curExpr = e, *prevExpr = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4478 | |||||||||
| 4479 | // Walk down the expression until we hit an implicit cast of kind | ||||||||
| 4480 | // ARCReclaimReturnedObject or an Expr that is neither a Paren nor a Cast. | ||||||||
| 4481 | while (true) { | ||||||||
| 4482 | if (auto *pe = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(curExpr)) { | ||||||||
| 4483 | prevExpr = curExpr; | ||||||||
| 4484 | curExpr = pe->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
| 4485 | continue; | ||||||||
| 4486 | } | ||||||||
| 4487 | |||||||||
| 4488 | if (auto *ce = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(curExpr)) { | ||||||||
| 4489 | if (auto *ice = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ce)) | ||||||||
| 4490 | if (ice->getCastKind() == CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject) { | ||||||||
| 4491 | if (!prevExpr) | ||||||||
| 4492 | return ice->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
| 4493 | if (auto *pe = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(prevExpr)) | ||||||||
| 4494 | pe->setSubExpr(ice->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
| 4495 | else | ||||||||
| 4496 | cast<CastExpr>(prevExpr)->setSubExpr(ice->getSubExpr()); | ||||||||
| 4497 | return e; | ||||||||
| 4498 | } | ||||||||
| 4499 | |||||||||
| 4500 | prevExpr = curExpr; | ||||||||
| 4501 | curExpr = ce->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
| 4502 | continue; | ||||||||
| 4503 | } | ||||||||
| 4504 | |||||||||
| 4505 | // Break out of the loop if curExpr is neither a Paren nor a Cast. | ||||||||
| 4506 | break; | ||||||||
| 4507 | } | ||||||||
| 4508 | |||||||||
| 4509 | return e; | ||||||||
| 4510 | } | ||||||||
| 4511 | |||||||||
| 4512 | ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
| 4513 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, | ||||||||
| 4514 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, | ||||||||
| 4515 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, | ||||||||
| 4516 | Expr *SubExpr) { | ||||||||
| 4517 | ExprResult SubResult = UsualUnaryConversions(SubExpr); | ||||||||
| 4518 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 4519 | SubExpr = SubResult.get(); | ||||||||
| 4520 | |||||||||
| 4521 | QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); | ||||||||
| 4522 | QualType FromType = SubExpr->getType(); | ||||||||
| 4523 | |||||||||
| 4524 | CastKind CK; | ||||||||
| 4525 | |||||||||
| 4526 | bool MustConsume = false; | ||||||||
| 4527 | if (T->isDependentType() || SubExpr->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||||||
| 4528 | // Okay: we'll build a dependent expression type. | ||||||||
| 4529 | CK = CK_Dependent; | ||||||||
| 4530 | } else if (T->isObjCARCBridgableType() && FromType->isCARCBridgableType()) { | ||||||||
| 4531 | // Casting CF -> id | ||||||||
| 4532 | CK = (T->isBlockPointerType() ? CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast | ||||||||
| 4533 | : CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||||||
| 4534 | switch (Kind) { | ||||||||
| 4535 | case OBC_Bridge: | ||||||||
| 4536 | break; | ||||||||
| 4537 | |||||||||
| 4538 | case OBC_BridgeRetained: { | ||||||||
| 4539 | bool br = isKnownName("CFBridgingRelease"); | ||||||||
| 4540 | Diag(BridgeKeywordLoc, diag::err_arc_bridge_cast_wrong_kind) | ||||||||
| 4541 | << 2 | ||||||||
| 4542 | << FromType | ||||||||
| 4543 | << (T->isBlockPointerType()? 1 : 0) | ||||||||
| 4544 | << T | ||||||||
| 4545 | << SubExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
| 4546 | << Kind; | ||||||||
| 4547 | Diag(BridgeKeywordLoc, diag::note_arc_bridge) | ||||||||
| 4548 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(BridgeKeywordLoc, "__bridge"); | ||||||||
| 4549 | Diag(BridgeKeywordLoc, diag::note_arc_bridge_transfer) | ||||||||
| 4550 | << FromType << br | ||||||||
| 4551 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(BridgeKeywordLoc, | ||||||||
| 4552 | br ? "CFBridgingRelease " | ||||||||
| 4553 | : "__bridge_transfer "); | ||||||||
| 4554 | |||||||||
| 4555 | Kind = OBC_Bridge; | ||||||||
| 4556 | break; | ||||||||
| 4557 | } | ||||||||
| 4558 | |||||||||
| 4559 | case OBC_BridgeTransfer: | ||||||||
| 4560 | // We must consume the Objective-C object produced by the cast. | ||||||||
| 4561 | MustConsume = true; | ||||||||
| 4562 | break; | ||||||||
| 4563 | } | ||||||||
| 4564 | } else if (T->isCARCBridgableType() && FromType->isObjCARCBridgableType()) { | ||||||||
| 4565 | // Okay: id -> CF | ||||||||
| 4566 | CK = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
| 4567 | switch (Kind) { | ||||||||
| 4568 | case OBC_Bridge: | ||||||||
| 4569 | // Reclaiming a value that's going to be __bridge-casted to CF | ||||||||
| 4570 | // is very dangerous, so we don't do it. | ||||||||
| 4571 | SubExpr = maybeUndoReclaimObject(SubExpr); | ||||||||
| 4572 | break; | ||||||||
| 4573 | |||||||||
| 4574 | case OBC_BridgeRetained: | ||||||||
| 4575 | // Produce the object before casting it. | ||||||||
| 4576 | SubExpr = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, | ||||||||
| 4577 | CK_ARCProduceObject, | ||||||||
| 4578 | SubExpr, nullptr, VK_RValue); | ||||||||
| 4579 | break; | ||||||||
| 4580 | |||||||||
| 4581 | case OBC_BridgeTransfer: { | ||||||||
| 4582 | bool br = isKnownName("CFBridgingRetain"); | ||||||||
| 4583 | Diag(BridgeKeywordLoc, diag::err_arc_bridge_cast_wrong_kind) | ||||||||
| 4584 | << (FromType->isBlockPointerType()? 1 : 0) | ||||||||
| 4585 | << FromType | ||||||||
| 4586 | << 2 | ||||||||
| 4587 | << T | ||||||||
| 4588 | << SubExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
| 4589 | << Kind; | ||||||||
| 4590 | |||||||||
| 4591 | Diag(BridgeKeywordLoc, diag::note_arc_bridge) | ||||||||
| 4592 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(BridgeKeywordLoc, "__bridge "); | ||||||||
| 4593 | Diag(BridgeKeywordLoc, diag::note_arc_bridge_retained) | ||||||||
| 4594 | << T << br | ||||||||
| 4595 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(BridgeKeywordLoc, | ||||||||
| 4596 | br ? "CFBridgingRetain " : "__bridge_retained"); | ||||||||
| 4597 | |||||||||
| 4598 | Kind = OBC_Bridge; | ||||||||
| 4599 | break; | ||||||||
| 4600 | } | ||||||||
| 4601 | } | ||||||||
| 4602 | } else { | ||||||||
| 4603 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_arc_bridge_cast_incompatible) | ||||||||
| 4604 | << FromType << T << Kind | ||||||||
| 4605 | << SubExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||||||
| 4606 | << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
| 4607 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
| 4608 | } | ||||||||
| 4609 | |||||||||
| 4610 | Expr *Result = new (Context) ObjCBridgedCastExpr(LParenLoc, Kind, CK, | ||||||||
| 4611 | BridgeKeywordLoc, | ||||||||
| 4612 | TSInfo, SubExpr); | ||||||||
| 4613 | |||||||||
| 4614 | if (MustConsume) { | ||||||||
| 4615 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | ||||||||
| 4616 | Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_ARCConsumeObject, Result, | ||||||||
| 4617 | nullptr, VK_RValue); | ||||||||
| 4618 | } | ||||||||
| 4619 | |||||||||
| 4620 | return Result; | ||||||||
| 4621 | } | ||||||||
| 4622 | |||||||||
| 4623 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, | ||||||||
| 4624 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||||||
| 4625 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, | ||||||||
| 4626 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, | ||||||||
| 4627 | ParsedType Type, | ||||||||
| 4628 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||||||
| 4629 | Expr *SubExpr) { | ||||||||
| 4630 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = nullptr; | ||||||||
| 4631 | QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Type, &TSInfo); | ||||||||
| 4632 | if (Kind == OBC_Bridge) | ||||||||
| 4633 | CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(T, SubExpr); | ||||||||
| 4634 | if (!TSInfo) | ||||||||
| 4635 | TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, LParenLoc); | ||||||||
| 4636 | return BuildObjCBridgedCast(LParenLoc, Kind, BridgeKeywordLoc, TSInfo, | ||||||||
| 4637 | SubExpr); | ||||||||
| 4638 | } |
| 1 | //===- DeclarationName.h - Representation of declaration names --*- C++ -*-===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | // This file declares the DeclarationName and DeclarationNameTable classes. |
| 10 | // |
| 11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 12 | |
| 13 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLARATIONNAME_H |
| 14 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLARATIONNAME_H |
| 15 | |
| 16 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" |
| 17 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
| 18 | #include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h" |
| 19 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h" |
| 20 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
| 21 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
| 22 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h" |
| 23 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" |
| 24 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
| 25 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
| 26 | #include <cassert> |
| 27 | #include <cstdint> |
| 28 | #include <cstring> |
| 29 | #include <string> |
| 30 | |
| 31 | namespace clang { |
| 32 | |
| 33 | class ASTContext; |
| 34 | template <typename> class CanQual; |
| 35 | class DeclarationName; |
| 36 | class DeclarationNameTable; |
| 37 | class MultiKeywordSelector; |
| 38 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
| 39 | class TemplateDecl; |
| 40 | class TypeSourceInfo; |
| 41 | class UsingDirectiveDecl; |
| 42 | |
| 43 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; |
| 44 | |
| 45 | namespace detail { |
| 46 | |
| 47 | /// CXXSpecialNameExtra records the type associated with one of the "special" |
| 48 | /// kinds of declaration names in C++, e.g., constructors, destructors, and |
| 49 | /// conversion functions. Note that CXXSpecialName is used for C++ constructor, |
| 50 | /// destructor and conversion functions, but the actual kind is not stored in |
| 51 | /// CXXSpecialName. Instead we use three different FoldingSet<CXXSpecialName> |
| 52 | /// in DeclarationNameTable. |
| 53 | class alignas(IdentifierInfoAlignment) CXXSpecialNameExtra |
| 54 | : public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 55 | friend class clang::DeclarationName; |
| 56 | friend class clang::DeclarationNameTable; |
| 57 | |
| 58 | /// The type associated with this declaration name. |
| 59 | QualType Type; |
| 60 | |
| 61 | /// Extra information associated with this declaration name that |
| 62 | /// can be used by the front end. All bits are really needed |
| 63 | /// so it is not possible to stash something in the low order bits. |
| 64 | void *FETokenInfo; |
| 65 | |
| 66 | CXXSpecialNameExtra(QualType QT) : Type(QT), FETokenInfo(nullptr) {} |
| 67 | |
| 68 | public: |
| 69 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 70 | ID.AddPointer(Type.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 71 | } |
| 72 | }; |
| 73 | |
| 74 | /// Contains extra information for the name of a C++ deduction guide. |
| 75 | class alignas(IdentifierInfoAlignment) CXXDeductionGuideNameExtra |
| 76 | : public detail::DeclarationNameExtra, |
| 77 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 78 | friend class clang::DeclarationName; |
| 79 | friend class clang::DeclarationNameTable; |
| 80 | |
| 81 | /// The template named by the deduction guide. |
| 82 | TemplateDecl *Template; |
| 83 | |
| 84 | /// Extra information associated with this operator name that |
| 85 | /// can be used by the front end. All bits are really needed |
| 86 | /// so it is not possible to stash something in the low order bits. |
| 87 | void *FETokenInfo; |
| 88 | |
| 89 | CXXDeductionGuideNameExtra(TemplateDecl *TD) |
| 90 | : DeclarationNameExtra(CXXDeductionGuideName), Template(TD), |
| 91 | FETokenInfo(nullptr) {} |
| 92 | |
| 93 | public: |
| 94 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { ID.AddPointer(Template); } |
| 95 | }; |
| 96 | |
| 97 | /// Contains extra information for the name of an overloaded operator |
| 98 | /// in C++, such as "operator+. This do not includes literal or conversion |
| 99 | /// operators. For literal operators see CXXLiteralOperatorIdName and for |
| 100 | /// conversion operators see CXXSpecialNameExtra. |
| 101 | class alignas(IdentifierInfoAlignment) CXXOperatorIdName { |
| 102 | friend class clang::DeclarationName; |
| 103 | friend class clang::DeclarationNameTable; |
| 104 | |
| 105 | /// The kind of this operator. |
| 106 | OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = OO_None; |
| 107 | |
| 108 | /// Extra information associated with this operator name that |
| 109 | /// can be used by the front end. All bits are really needed |
| 110 | /// so it is not possible to stash something in the low order bits. |
| 111 | void *FETokenInfo = nullptr; |
| 112 | }; |
| 113 | |
| 114 | /// Contains the actual identifier that makes up the |
| 115 | /// name of a C++ literal operator. |
| 116 | class alignas(IdentifierInfoAlignment) CXXLiteralOperatorIdName |
| 117 | : public detail::DeclarationNameExtra, |
| 118 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 119 | friend class clang::DeclarationName; |
| 120 | friend class clang::DeclarationNameTable; |
| 121 | |
| 122 | IdentifierInfo *ID; |
| 123 | |
| 124 | /// Extra information associated with this operator name that |
| 125 | /// can be used by the front end. All bits are really needed |
| 126 | /// so it is not possible to stash something in the low order bits. |
| 127 | void *FETokenInfo; |
| 128 | |
| 129 | CXXLiteralOperatorIdName(IdentifierInfo *II) |
| 130 | : DeclarationNameExtra(CXXLiteralOperatorName), ID(II), |
| 131 | FETokenInfo(nullptr) {} |
| 132 | |
| 133 | public: |
| 134 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &FSID) { FSID.AddPointer(ID); } |
| 135 | }; |
| 136 | |
| 137 | } // namespace detail |
| 138 | |
| 139 | /// The name of a declaration. In the common case, this just stores |
| 140 | /// an IdentifierInfo pointer to a normal name. However, it also provides |
| 141 | /// encodings for Objective-C selectors (optimizing zero- and one-argument |
| 142 | /// selectors, which make up 78% percent of all selectors in Cocoa.h), |
| 143 | /// special C++ names for constructors, destructors, and conversion functions, |
| 144 | /// and C++ overloaded operators. |
| 145 | class DeclarationName { |
| 146 | friend class DeclarationNameTable; |
| 147 | friend class NamedDecl; |
| 148 | |
| 149 | /// StoredNameKind represent the kind of name that is actually stored in the |
| 150 | /// upper bits of the Ptr field. This is only used internally. |
| 151 | /// |
| 152 | /// NameKind, StoredNameKind, and DeclarationNameExtra::ExtraKind |
| 153 | /// must satisfy the following properties. These properties enable |
| 154 | /// efficient conversion between the various kinds. |
| 155 | /// |
| 156 | /// * The first seven enumerators of StoredNameKind must have the same |
| 157 | /// numerical value as the first seven enumerators of NameKind. |
| 158 | /// This enable efficient conversion between the two enumerations |
| 159 | /// in the usual case. |
| 160 | /// |
| 161 | /// * The enumerations values of DeclarationNameExtra::ExtraKind must start |
| 162 | /// at zero, and correspond to the numerical value of the first non-inline |
| 163 | /// enumeration values of NameKind minus an offset. This makes conversion |
| 164 | /// between DeclarationNameExtra::ExtraKind and NameKind possible with |
| 165 | /// a single addition/substraction. |
| 166 | /// |
| 167 | /// * The enumeration values of Selector::IdentifierInfoFlag must correspond |
| 168 | /// to the relevant enumeration values of StoredNameKind. |
| 169 | /// More specifically: |
| 170 | /// * ZeroArg == StoredObjCZeroArgSelector, |
| 171 | /// * OneArg == StoredObjCOneArgSelector, |
| 172 | /// * MultiArg == StoredDeclarationNameExtra |
| 173 | /// |
| 174 | /// * PtrMask must mask the low 3 bits of Ptr. |
| 175 | enum StoredNameKind { |
| 176 | StoredIdentifier = 0, |
| 177 | StoredObjCZeroArgSelector = Selector::ZeroArg, |
| 178 | StoredObjCOneArgSelector = Selector::OneArg, |
| 179 | StoredCXXConstructorName = 3, |
| 180 | StoredCXXDestructorName = 4, |
| 181 | StoredCXXConversionFunctionName = 5, |
| 182 | StoredCXXOperatorName = 6, |
| 183 | StoredDeclarationNameExtra = Selector::MultiArg, |
| 184 | PtrMask = 7, |
| 185 | UncommonNameKindOffset = 8 |
| 186 | }; |
| 187 | |
| 188 | static_assert(alignof(IdentifierInfo) >= 8 && |
| 189 | alignof(detail::DeclarationNameExtra) >= 8 && |
| 190 | alignof(detail::CXXSpecialNameExtra) >= 8 && |
| 191 | alignof(detail::CXXOperatorIdName) >= 8 && |
| 192 | alignof(detail::CXXDeductionGuideNameExtra) >= 8 && |
| 193 | alignof(detail::CXXLiteralOperatorIdName) >= 8, |
| 194 | "The various classes that DeclarationName::Ptr can point to" |
| 195 | " must be at least aligned to 8 bytes!"); |
| 196 | |
| 197 | public: |
| 198 | /// The kind of the name stored in this DeclarationName. |
| 199 | /// The first 7 enumeration values are stored inline and correspond |
| 200 | /// to frequently used kinds. The rest is stored in DeclarationNameExtra |
| 201 | /// and correspond to infrequently used kinds. |
| 202 | enum NameKind { |
| 203 | Identifier = StoredIdentifier, |
| 204 | ObjCZeroArgSelector = StoredObjCZeroArgSelector, |
| 205 | ObjCOneArgSelector = StoredObjCOneArgSelector, |
| 206 | CXXConstructorName = StoredCXXConstructorName, |
| 207 | CXXDestructorName = StoredCXXDestructorName, |
| 208 | CXXConversionFunctionName = StoredCXXConversionFunctionName, |
| 209 | CXXOperatorName = StoredCXXOperatorName, |
| 210 | CXXDeductionGuideName = UncommonNameKindOffset + |
| 211 | detail::DeclarationNameExtra::CXXDeductionGuideName, |
| 212 | CXXLiteralOperatorName = |
| 213 | UncommonNameKindOffset + |
| 214 | detail::DeclarationNameExtra::CXXLiteralOperatorName, |
| 215 | CXXUsingDirective = UncommonNameKindOffset + |
| 216 | detail::DeclarationNameExtra::CXXUsingDirective, |
| 217 | ObjCMultiArgSelector = UncommonNameKindOffset + |
| 218 | detail::DeclarationNameExtra::ObjCMultiArgSelector |
| 219 | }; |
| 220 | |
| 221 | private: |
| 222 | /// The lowest three bits of Ptr are used to express what kind of name |
| 223 | /// we're actually storing, using the values of StoredNameKind. Depending |
| 224 | /// on the kind of name this is, the upper bits of Ptr may have one |
| 225 | /// of several different meanings: |
| 226 | /// |
| 227 | /// StoredIdentifier - The name is a normal identifier, and Ptr is |
| 228 | /// a normal IdentifierInfo pointer. |
| 229 | /// |
| 230 | /// StoredObjCZeroArgSelector - The name is an Objective-C |
| 231 | /// selector with zero arguments, and Ptr is an IdentifierInfo |
| 232 | /// pointer pointing to the selector name. |
| 233 | /// |
| 234 | /// StoredObjCOneArgSelector - The name is an Objective-C selector |
| 235 | /// with one argument, and Ptr is an IdentifierInfo pointer |
| 236 | /// pointing to the selector name. |
| 237 | /// |
| 238 | /// StoredCXXConstructorName - The name of a C++ constructor, |
| 239 | /// Ptr points to a CXXSpecialNameExtra. |
| 240 | /// |
| 241 | /// StoredCXXDestructorName - The name of a C++ destructor, |
| 242 | /// Ptr points to a CXXSpecialNameExtra. |
| 243 | /// |
| 244 | /// StoredCXXConversionFunctionName - The name of a C++ conversion function, |
| 245 | /// Ptr points to a CXXSpecialNameExtra. |
| 246 | /// |
| 247 | /// StoredCXXOperatorName - The name of an overloaded C++ operator, |
| 248 | /// Ptr points to a CXXOperatorIdName. |
| 249 | /// |
| 250 | /// StoredDeclarationNameExtra - Ptr is actually a pointer to a |
| 251 | /// DeclarationNameExtra structure, whose first value will tell us |
| 252 | /// whether this is an Objective-C selector, C++ deduction guide, |
| 253 | /// C++ literal operator, or C++ using directive. |
| 254 | uintptr_t Ptr = 0; |
| 255 | |
| 256 | StoredNameKind getStoredNameKind() const { |
| 257 | return static_cast<StoredNameKind>(Ptr & PtrMask); |
| 258 | } |
| 259 | |
| 260 | void *getPtr() const { return reinterpret_cast<void *>(Ptr & ~PtrMask); } |
| 261 | |
| 262 | void setPtrAndKind(const void *P, StoredNameKind Kind) { |
| 263 | uintptr_t PAsInteger = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(P); |
| 264 | assert((Kind & ~PtrMask) == 0 &&(((Kind & ~PtrMask) == 0 && "Invalid StoredNameKind in setPtrAndKind!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Kind & ~PtrMask) == 0 && \"Invalid StoredNameKind in setPtrAndKind!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 265, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 265 | "Invalid StoredNameKind in setPtrAndKind!")(((Kind & ~PtrMask) == 0 && "Invalid StoredNameKind in setPtrAndKind!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Kind & ~PtrMask) == 0 && \"Invalid StoredNameKind in setPtrAndKind!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 265, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 266 | assert((PAsInteger & PtrMask) == 0 &&(((PAsInteger & PtrMask) == 0 && "Improperly aligned pointer in setPtrAndKind!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(PAsInteger & PtrMask) == 0 && \"Improperly aligned pointer in setPtrAndKind!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 267, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 267 | "Improperly aligned pointer in setPtrAndKind!")(((PAsInteger & PtrMask) == 0 && "Improperly aligned pointer in setPtrAndKind!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(PAsInteger & PtrMask) == 0 && \"Improperly aligned pointer in setPtrAndKind!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 267, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 268 | Ptr = PAsInteger | Kind; |
| 269 | } |
| 270 | |
| 271 | /// Construct a declaration name from a DeclarationNameExtra. |
| 272 | DeclarationName(detail::DeclarationNameExtra *Name) { |
| 273 | setPtrAndKind(Name, StoredDeclarationNameExtra); |
| 274 | } |
| 275 | |
| 276 | /// Construct a declaration name from a CXXSpecialNameExtra. |
| 277 | DeclarationName(detail::CXXSpecialNameExtra *Name, |
| 278 | StoredNameKind StoredKind) { |
| 279 | assert((StoredKind == StoredCXXConstructorName ||(((StoredKind == StoredCXXConstructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXDestructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) && "Invalid StoredNameKind when constructing a DeclarationName" " from a CXXSpecialNameExtra!") ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("(StoredKind == StoredCXXConstructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXDestructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) && \"Invalid StoredNameKind when constructing a DeclarationName\" \" from a CXXSpecialNameExtra!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 283, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 280 | StoredKind == StoredCXXDestructorName ||(((StoredKind == StoredCXXConstructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXDestructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) && "Invalid StoredNameKind when constructing a DeclarationName" " from a CXXSpecialNameExtra!") ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("(StoredKind == StoredCXXConstructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXDestructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) && \"Invalid StoredNameKind when constructing a DeclarationName\" \" from a CXXSpecialNameExtra!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 283, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 281 | StoredKind == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) &&(((StoredKind == StoredCXXConstructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXDestructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) && "Invalid StoredNameKind when constructing a DeclarationName" " from a CXXSpecialNameExtra!") ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("(StoredKind == StoredCXXConstructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXDestructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) && \"Invalid StoredNameKind when constructing a DeclarationName\" \" from a CXXSpecialNameExtra!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 283, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 282 | "Invalid StoredNameKind when constructing a DeclarationName"(((StoredKind == StoredCXXConstructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXDestructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) && "Invalid StoredNameKind when constructing a DeclarationName" " from a CXXSpecialNameExtra!") ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("(StoredKind == StoredCXXConstructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXDestructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) && \"Invalid StoredNameKind when constructing a DeclarationName\" \" from a CXXSpecialNameExtra!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 283, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 283 | " from a CXXSpecialNameExtra!")(((StoredKind == StoredCXXConstructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXDestructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) && "Invalid StoredNameKind when constructing a DeclarationName" " from a CXXSpecialNameExtra!") ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("(StoredKind == StoredCXXConstructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXDestructorName || StoredKind == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) && \"Invalid StoredNameKind when constructing a DeclarationName\" \" from a CXXSpecialNameExtra!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 283, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 284 | setPtrAndKind(Name, StoredKind); |
| 285 | } |
| 286 | |
| 287 | /// Construct a DeclarationName from a CXXOperatorIdName. |
| 288 | DeclarationName(detail::CXXOperatorIdName *Name) { |
| 289 | setPtrAndKind(Name, StoredCXXOperatorName); |
| 290 | } |
| 291 | |
| 292 | /// Assert that the stored pointer points to an IdentifierInfo and return it. |
| 293 | IdentifierInfo *castAsIdentifierInfo() const { |
| 294 | assert((getStoredNameKind() == StoredIdentifier) &&(((getStoredNameKind() == StoredIdentifier) && "DeclarationName does not store an IdentifierInfo!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getStoredNameKind() == StoredIdentifier) && \"DeclarationName does not store an IdentifierInfo!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 295, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 295 | "DeclarationName does not store an IdentifierInfo!")(((getStoredNameKind() == StoredIdentifier) && "DeclarationName does not store an IdentifierInfo!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getStoredNameKind() == StoredIdentifier) && \"DeclarationName does not store an IdentifierInfo!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 295, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 296 | return static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(getPtr()); |
| 297 | } |
| 298 | |
| 299 | /// Assert that the stored pointer points to a DeclarationNameExtra |
| 300 | /// and return it. |
| 301 | detail::DeclarationNameExtra *castAsExtra() const { |
| 302 | assert((getStoredNameKind() == StoredDeclarationNameExtra) &&(((getStoredNameKind() == StoredDeclarationNameExtra) && "DeclarationName does not store an Extra structure!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getStoredNameKind() == StoredDeclarationNameExtra) && \"DeclarationName does not store an Extra structure!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 303, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 303 | "DeclarationName does not store an Extra structure!")(((getStoredNameKind() == StoredDeclarationNameExtra) && "DeclarationName does not store an Extra structure!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getStoredNameKind() == StoredDeclarationNameExtra) && \"DeclarationName does not store an Extra structure!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 303, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 304 | return static_cast<detail::DeclarationNameExtra *>(getPtr()); |
| 305 | } |
| 306 | |
| 307 | /// Assert that the stored pointer points to a CXXSpecialNameExtra |
| 308 | /// and return it. |
| 309 | detail::CXXSpecialNameExtra *castAsCXXSpecialNameExtra() const { |
| 310 | assert((getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConstructorName ||(((getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConstructorName || getStoredNameKind () == StoredCXXDestructorName || getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName ) && "DeclarationName does not store a CXXSpecialNameExtra!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConstructorName || getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXDestructorName || getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) && \"DeclarationName does not store a CXXSpecialNameExtra!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 313, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 311 | getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXDestructorName ||(((getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConstructorName || getStoredNameKind () == StoredCXXDestructorName || getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName ) && "DeclarationName does not store a CXXSpecialNameExtra!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConstructorName || getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXDestructorName || getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) && \"DeclarationName does not store a CXXSpecialNameExtra!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 313, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 312 | getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) &&(((getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConstructorName || getStoredNameKind () == StoredCXXDestructorName || getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName ) && "DeclarationName does not store a CXXSpecialNameExtra!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConstructorName || getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXDestructorName || getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) && \"DeclarationName does not store a CXXSpecialNameExtra!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 313, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 313 | "DeclarationName does not store a CXXSpecialNameExtra!")(((getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConstructorName || getStoredNameKind () == StoredCXXDestructorName || getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName ) && "DeclarationName does not store a CXXSpecialNameExtra!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConstructorName || getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXDestructorName || getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) && \"DeclarationName does not store a CXXSpecialNameExtra!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 313, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 314 | return static_cast<detail::CXXSpecialNameExtra *>(getPtr()); |
| 315 | } |
| 316 | |
| 317 | /// Assert that the stored pointer points to a CXXOperatorIdName |
| 318 | /// and return it. |
| 319 | detail::CXXOperatorIdName *castAsCXXOperatorIdName() const { |
| 320 | assert((getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXOperatorName) &&(((getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXOperatorName) && "DeclarationName does not store a CXXOperatorIdName!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXOperatorName) && \"DeclarationName does not store a CXXOperatorIdName!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 321, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 321 | "DeclarationName does not store a CXXOperatorIdName!")(((getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXOperatorName) && "DeclarationName does not store a CXXOperatorIdName!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXOperatorName) && \"DeclarationName does not store a CXXOperatorIdName!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 321, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 322 | return static_cast<detail::CXXOperatorIdName *>(getPtr()); |
| 323 | } |
| 324 | |
| 325 | /// Assert that the stored pointer points to a CXXDeductionGuideNameExtra |
| 326 | /// and return it. |
| 327 | detail::CXXDeductionGuideNameExtra *castAsCXXDeductionGuideNameExtra() const { |
| 328 | assert(getNameKind() == CXXDeductionGuideName &&((getNameKind() == CXXDeductionGuideName && "DeclarationName does not store a CXXDeductionGuideNameExtra!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNameKind() == CXXDeductionGuideName && \"DeclarationName does not store a CXXDeductionGuideNameExtra!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 329, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 329 | "DeclarationName does not store a CXXDeductionGuideNameExtra!")((getNameKind() == CXXDeductionGuideName && "DeclarationName does not store a CXXDeductionGuideNameExtra!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNameKind() == CXXDeductionGuideName && \"DeclarationName does not store a CXXDeductionGuideNameExtra!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 329, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 330 | return static_cast<detail::CXXDeductionGuideNameExtra *>(getPtr()); |
| 331 | } |
| 332 | |
| 333 | /// Assert that the stored pointer points to a CXXLiteralOperatorIdName |
| 334 | /// and return it. |
| 335 | detail::CXXLiteralOperatorIdName *castAsCXXLiteralOperatorIdName() const { |
| 336 | assert(getNameKind() == CXXLiteralOperatorName &&((getNameKind() == CXXLiteralOperatorName && "DeclarationName does not store a CXXLiteralOperatorIdName!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNameKind() == CXXLiteralOperatorName && \"DeclarationName does not store a CXXLiteralOperatorIdName!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 337, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 337 | "DeclarationName does not store a CXXLiteralOperatorIdName!")((getNameKind() == CXXLiteralOperatorName && "DeclarationName does not store a CXXLiteralOperatorIdName!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNameKind() == CXXLiteralOperatorName && \"DeclarationName does not store a CXXLiteralOperatorIdName!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 337, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 338 | return static_cast<detail::CXXLiteralOperatorIdName *>(getPtr()); |
| 339 | } |
| 340 | |
| 341 | /// Get and set the FETokenInfo in the less common cases where the |
| 342 | /// declaration name do not point to an identifier. |
| 343 | void *getFETokenInfoSlow() const; |
| 344 | void setFETokenInfoSlow(void *T); |
| 345 | |
| 346 | public: |
| 347 | /// Construct an empty declaration name. |
| 348 | DeclarationName() { setPtrAndKind(nullptr, StoredIdentifier); } |
| 349 | |
| 350 | /// Construct a declaration name from an IdentifierInfo *. |
| 351 | DeclarationName(const IdentifierInfo *II) { |
| 352 | setPtrAndKind(II, StoredIdentifier); |
| 353 | } |
| 354 | |
| 355 | /// Construct a declaration name from an Objective-C selector. |
| 356 | DeclarationName(Selector Sel) : Ptr(Sel.InfoPtr) {} |
| 357 | |
| 358 | /// Returns the name for all C++ using-directives. |
| 359 | static DeclarationName getUsingDirectiveName() { |
| 360 | // Single instance of DeclarationNameExtra for using-directive |
| 361 | static detail::DeclarationNameExtra UDirExtra( |
| 362 | detail::DeclarationNameExtra::CXXUsingDirective); |
| 363 | return DeclarationName(&UDirExtra); |
| 364 | } |
| 365 | |
| 366 | /// Evaluates true when this declaration name is non-empty. |
| 367 | explicit operator bool() const { |
| 368 | return getPtr() || (getStoredNameKind() != StoredIdentifier); |
| 369 | } |
| 370 | |
| 371 | /// Evaluates true when this declaration name is empty. |
| 372 | bool isEmpty() const { return !*this; } |
| 373 | |
| 374 | /// Predicate functions for querying what type of name this is. |
| 375 | bool isIdentifier() const { return getStoredNameKind() == StoredIdentifier; } |
| 376 | bool isObjCZeroArgSelector() const { |
| 377 | return getStoredNameKind() == StoredObjCZeroArgSelector; |
| 378 | } |
| 379 | bool isObjCOneArgSelector() const { |
| 380 | return getStoredNameKind() == StoredObjCOneArgSelector; |
| 381 | } |
| 382 | |
| 383 | /// Determine what kind of name this is. |
| 384 | NameKind getNameKind() const { |
| 385 | // We rely on the fact that the first 7 NameKind and StoredNameKind |
| 386 | // have the same numerical value. This makes the usual case efficient. |
| 387 | StoredNameKind StoredKind = getStoredNameKind(); |
| 388 | if (StoredKind != StoredDeclarationNameExtra) |
| 389 | return static_cast<NameKind>(StoredKind); |
| 390 | // We have to consult DeclarationNameExtra. We rely on the fact that the |
| 391 | // enumeration values of ExtraKind correspond to the enumeration values of |
| 392 | // NameKind minus an offset of UncommonNameKindOffset. |
| 393 | unsigned ExtraKind = castAsExtra()->getKind(); |
| 394 | return static_cast<NameKind>(UncommonNameKindOffset + ExtraKind); |
| 395 | } |
| 396 | |
| 397 | /// Determines whether the name itself is dependent, e.g., because it |
| 398 | /// involves a C++ type that is itself dependent. |
| 399 | /// |
| 400 | /// Note that this does not capture all of the notions of "dependent name", |
| 401 | /// because an identifier can be a dependent name if it is used as the |
| 402 | /// callee in a call expression with dependent arguments. |
| 403 | bool isDependentName() const; |
| 404 | |
| 405 | /// Retrieve the human-readable string for this name. |
| 406 | std::string getAsString() const; |
| 407 | |
| 408 | /// Retrieve the IdentifierInfo * stored in this declaration name, |
| 409 | /// or null if this declaration name isn't a simple identifier. |
| 410 | IdentifierInfo *getAsIdentifierInfo() const { |
| 411 | if (isIdentifier()) |
| 412 | return castAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| 413 | return nullptr; |
| 414 | } |
| 415 | |
| 416 | /// Get the representation of this declaration name as an opaque integer. |
| 417 | uintptr_t getAsOpaqueInteger() const { return Ptr; } |
| 418 | |
| 419 | /// Get the representation of this declaration name as an opaque pointer. |
| 420 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return reinterpret_cast<void *>(Ptr); } |
| 421 | |
| 422 | /// Get a declaration name from an opaque pointer returned by getAsOpaquePtr. |
| 423 | static DeclarationName getFromOpaquePtr(void *P) { |
| 424 | DeclarationName N; |
| 425 | N.Ptr = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(P); |
| 426 | return N; |
| 427 | } |
| 428 | |
| 429 | /// Get a declaration name from an opaque integer |
| 430 | /// returned by getAsOpaqueInteger. |
| 431 | static DeclarationName getFromOpaqueInteger(uintptr_t P) { |
| 432 | DeclarationName N; |
| 433 | N.Ptr = P; |
| 434 | return N; |
| 435 | } |
| 436 | |
| 437 | /// If this name is one of the C++ names (of a constructor, destructor, |
| 438 | /// or conversion function), return the type associated with that name. |
| 439 | QualType getCXXNameType() const { |
| 440 | if (getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConstructorName || |
| 441 | getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXDestructorName || |
| 442 | getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXConversionFunctionName) { |
| 443 | assert(getPtr() && "getCXXNameType on a null DeclarationName!")((getPtr() && "getCXXNameType on a null DeclarationName!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getPtr() && \"getCXXNameType on a null DeclarationName!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 443, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 444 | return castAsCXXSpecialNameExtra()->Type; |
| 445 | } |
| 446 | return QualType(); |
| 447 | } |
| 448 | |
| 449 | /// If this name is the name of a C++ deduction guide, return the |
| 450 | /// template associated with that name. |
| 451 | TemplateDecl *getCXXDeductionGuideTemplate() const { |
| 452 | if (getNameKind() == CXXDeductionGuideName) { |
| 453 | assert(getPtr() &&((getPtr() && "getCXXDeductionGuideTemplate on a null DeclarationName!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getPtr() && \"getCXXDeductionGuideTemplate on a null DeclarationName!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 454, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 454 | "getCXXDeductionGuideTemplate on a null DeclarationName!")((getPtr() && "getCXXDeductionGuideTemplate on a null DeclarationName!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getPtr() && \"getCXXDeductionGuideTemplate on a null DeclarationName!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 454, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 455 | return castAsCXXDeductionGuideNameExtra()->Template; |
| 456 | } |
| 457 | return nullptr; |
| 458 | } |
| 459 | |
| 460 | /// If this name is the name of an overloadable operator in C++ |
| 461 | /// (e.g., @c operator+), retrieve the kind of overloaded operator. |
| 462 | OverloadedOperatorKind getCXXOverloadedOperator() const { |
| 463 | if (getStoredNameKind() == StoredCXXOperatorName) { |
| 464 | assert(getPtr() && "getCXXOverloadedOperator on a null DeclarationName!")((getPtr() && "getCXXOverloadedOperator on a null DeclarationName!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getPtr() && \"getCXXOverloadedOperator on a null DeclarationName!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 464, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 465 | return castAsCXXOperatorIdName()->Kind; |
| 466 | } |
| 467 | return OO_None; |
| 468 | } |
| 469 | |
| 470 | /// If this name is the name of a literal operator, |
| 471 | /// retrieve the identifier associated with it. |
| 472 | IdentifierInfo *getCXXLiteralIdentifier() const { |
| 473 | if (getNameKind() == CXXLiteralOperatorName) { |
| 474 | assert(getPtr() && "getCXXLiteralIdentifier on a null DeclarationName!")((getPtr() && "getCXXLiteralIdentifier on a null DeclarationName!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getPtr() && \"getCXXLiteralIdentifier on a null DeclarationName!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 474, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 475 | return castAsCXXLiteralOperatorIdName()->ID; |
| 476 | } |
| 477 | return nullptr; |
| 478 | } |
| 479 | |
| 480 | /// Get the Objective-C selector stored in this declaration name. |
| 481 | Selector getObjCSelector() const { |
| 482 | assert((getNameKind() == ObjCZeroArgSelector ||(((getNameKind() == ObjCZeroArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCOneArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCMultiArgSelector || !getPtr()) && "Not a selector!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getNameKind() == ObjCZeroArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCOneArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCMultiArgSelector || !getPtr()) && \"Not a selector!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 485, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 483 | getNameKind() == ObjCOneArgSelector ||(((getNameKind() == ObjCZeroArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCOneArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCMultiArgSelector || !getPtr()) && "Not a selector!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getNameKind() == ObjCZeroArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCOneArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCMultiArgSelector || !getPtr()) && \"Not a selector!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 485, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 484 | getNameKind() == ObjCMultiArgSelector || !getPtr()) &&(((getNameKind() == ObjCZeroArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCOneArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCMultiArgSelector || !getPtr()) && "Not a selector!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getNameKind() == ObjCZeroArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCOneArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCMultiArgSelector || !getPtr()) && \"Not a selector!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 485, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 485 | "Not a selector!")(((getNameKind() == ObjCZeroArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCOneArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCMultiArgSelector || !getPtr()) && "Not a selector!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(getNameKind() == ObjCZeroArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCOneArgSelector || getNameKind() == ObjCMultiArgSelector || !getPtr()) && \"Not a selector!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 485, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 486 | return Selector(Ptr); |
| 487 | } |
| 488 | |
| 489 | /// Get and set FETokenInfo. The language front-end is allowed to associate |
| 490 | /// arbitrary metadata with some kinds of declaration names, including normal |
| 491 | /// identifiers and C++ constructors, destructors, and conversion functions. |
| 492 | void *getFETokenInfo() const { |
| 493 | assert(getPtr() && "getFETokenInfo on an empty DeclarationName!")((getPtr() && "getFETokenInfo on an empty DeclarationName!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getPtr() && \"getFETokenInfo on an empty DeclarationName!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 493, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 494 | if (getStoredNameKind() == StoredIdentifier) |
| 495 | return castAsIdentifierInfo()->getFETokenInfo(); |
| 496 | return getFETokenInfoSlow(); |
| 497 | } |
| 498 | |
| 499 | void setFETokenInfo(void *T) { |
| 500 | assert(getPtr() && "setFETokenInfo on an empty DeclarationName!")((getPtr() && "setFETokenInfo on an empty DeclarationName!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getPtr() && \"setFETokenInfo on an empty DeclarationName!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 500, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 501 | if (getStoredNameKind() == StoredIdentifier) |
| 502 | castAsIdentifierInfo()->setFETokenInfo(T); |
| 503 | else |
| 504 | setFETokenInfoSlow(T); |
| 505 | } |
| 506 | |
| 507 | /// Determine whether the specified names are identical. |
| 508 | friend bool operator==(DeclarationName LHS, DeclarationName RHS) { |
| 509 | return LHS.Ptr == RHS.Ptr; |
| 510 | } |
| 511 | |
| 512 | /// Determine whether the specified names are different. |
| 513 | friend bool operator!=(DeclarationName LHS, DeclarationName RHS) { |
| 514 | return LHS.Ptr != RHS.Ptr; |
| 515 | } |
| 516 | |
| 517 | static DeclarationName getEmptyMarker() { |
| 518 | DeclarationName Name; |
| 519 | Name.Ptr = uintptr_t(-1); |
| 520 | return Name; |
| 521 | } |
| 522 | |
| 523 | static DeclarationName getTombstoneMarker() { |
| 524 | DeclarationName Name; |
| 525 | Name.Ptr = uintptr_t(-2); |
| 526 | return Name; |
| 527 | } |
| 528 | |
| 529 | static int compare(DeclarationName LHS, DeclarationName RHS); |
| 530 | |
| 531 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 532 | |
| 533 | void dump() const; |
| 534 | }; |
| 535 | |
| 536 | raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, DeclarationName N); |
| 537 | |
| 538 | /// Ordering on two declaration names. If both names are identifiers, |
| 539 | /// this provides a lexicographical ordering. |
| 540 | inline bool operator<(DeclarationName LHS, DeclarationName RHS) { |
| 541 | return DeclarationName::compare(LHS, RHS) < 0; |
| 542 | } |
| 543 | |
| 544 | /// Ordering on two declaration names. If both names are identifiers, |
| 545 | /// this provides a lexicographical ordering. |
| 546 | inline bool operator>(DeclarationName LHS, DeclarationName RHS) { |
| 547 | return DeclarationName::compare(LHS, RHS) > 0; |
| 548 | } |
| 549 | |
| 550 | /// Ordering on two declaration names. If both names are identifiers, |
| 551 | /// this provides a lexicographical ordering. |
| 552 | inline bool operator<=(DeclarationName LHS, DeclarationName RHS) { |
| 553 | return DeclarationName::compare(LHS, RHS) <= 0; |
| 554 | } |
| 555 | |
| 556 | /// Ordering on two declaration names. If both names are identifiers, |
| 557 | /// this provides a lexicographical ordering. |
| 558 | inline bool operator>=(DeclarationName LHS, DeclarationName RHS) { |
| 559 | return DeclarationName::compare(LHS, RHS) >= 0; |
| 560 | } |
| 561 | |
| 562 | /// DeclarationNameTable is used to store and retrieve DeclarationName |
| 563 | /// instances for the various kinds of declaration names, e.g., normal |
| 564 | /// identifiers, C++ constructor names, etc. This class contains |
| 565 | /// uniqued versions of each of the C++ special names, which can be |
| 566 | /// retrieved using its member functions (e.g., getCXXConstructorName). |
| 567 | class DeclarationNameTable { |
| 568 | /// Used to allocate elements in the FoldingSets below. |
| 569 | const ASTContext &Ctx; |
| 570 | |
| 571 | /// Manage the uniqued CXXSpecialNameExtra representing C++ constructors. |
| 572 | /// getCXXConstructorName and getCXXSpecialName can be used to obtain |
| 573 | /// a DeclarationName from the corresponding type of the constructor. |
| 574 | llvm::FoldingSet<detail::CXXSpecialNameExtra> CXXConstructorNames; |
| 575 | |
| 576 | /// Manage the uniqued CXXSpecialNameExtra representing C++ destructors. |
| 577 | /// getCXXDestructorName and getCXXSpecialName can be used to obtain |
| 578 | /// a DeclarationName from the corresponding type of the destructor. |
| 579 | llvm::FoldingSet<detail::CXXSpecialNameExtra> CXXDestructorNames; |
| 580 | |
| 581 | /// Manage the uniqued CXXSpecialNameExtra representing C++ conversion |
| 582 | /// functions. getCXXConversionFunctionName and getCXXSpecialName can be |
| 583 | /// used to obtain a DeclarationName from the corresponding type of the |
| 584 | /// conversion function. |
| 585 | llvm::FoldingSet<detail::CXXSpecialNameExtra> CXXConversionFunctionNames; |
| 586 | |
| 587 | /// Manage the uniqued CXXOperatorIdName, which contain extra information |
| 588 | /// for the name of overloaded C++ operators. getCXXOperatorName |
| 589 | /// can be used to obtain a DeclarationName from the operator kind. |
| 590 | detail::CXXOperatorIdName CXXOperatorNames[NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS]; |
| 591 | |
| 592 | /// Manage the uniqued CXXLiteralOperatorIdName, which contain extra |
| 593 | /// information for the name of C++ literal operators. |
| 594 | /// getCXXLiteralOperatorName can be used to obtain a DeclarationName |
| 595 | /// from the corresponding IdentifierInfo. |
| 596 | llvm::FoldingSet<detail::CXXLiteralOperatorIdName> CXXLiteralOperatorNames; |
| 597 | |
| 598 | /// Manage the uniqued CXXDeductionGuideNameExtra, which contain |
| 599 | /// extra information for the name of a C++ deduction guide. |
| 600 | /// getCXXDeductionGuideName can be used to obtain a DeclarationName |
| 601 | /// from the corresponding template declaration. |
| 602 | llvm::FoldingSet<detail::CXXDeductionGuideNameExtra> CXXDeductionGuideNames; |
| 603 | |
| 604 | public: |
| 605 | DeclarationNameTable(const ASTContext &C); |
| 606 | DeclarationNameTable(const DeclarationNameTable &) = delete; |
| 607 | DeclarationNameTable &operator=(const DeclarationNameTable &) = delete; |
| 608 | DeclarationNameTable(DeclarationNameTable &&) = delete; |
| 609 | DeclarationNameTable &operator=(DeclarationNameTable &&) = delete; |
| 610 | ~DeclarationNameTable() = default; |
| 611 | |
| 612 | /// Create a declaration name that is a simple identifier. |
| 613 | DeclarationName getIdentifier(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { |
| 614 | return DeclarationName(ID); |
| 615 | } |
| 616 | |
| 617 | /// Returns the name of a C++ constructor for the given Type. |
| 618 | DeclarationName getCXXConstructorName(CanQualType Ty); |
| 619 | |
| 620 | /// Returns the name of a C++ destructor for the given Type. |
| 621 | DeclarationName getCXXDestructorName(CanQualType Ty); |
| 622 | |
| 623 | /// Returns the name of a C++ deduction guide for the given template. |
| 624 | DeclarationName getCXXDeductionGuideName(TemplateDecl *TD); |
| 625 | |
| 626 | /// Returns the name of a C++ conversion function for the given Type. |
| 627 | DeclarationName getCXXConversionFunctionName(CanQualType Ty); |
| 628 | |
| 629 | /// Returns a declaration name for special kind of C++ name, |
| 630 | /// e.g., for a constructor, destructor, or conversion function. |
| 631 | /// Kind must be one of: |
| 632 | /// * DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName, |
| 633 | /// * DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName or |
| 634 | /// * DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName |
| 635 | DeclarationName getCXXSpecialName(DeclarationName::NameKind Kind, |
| 636 | CanQualType Ty); |
| 637 | |
| 638 | /// Get the name of the overloadable C++ operator corresponding to Op. |
| 639 | DeclarationName getCXXOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { |
| 640 | return DeclarationName(&CXXOperatorNames[Op]); |
| 641 | } |
| 642 | |
| 643 | /// Get the name of the literal operator function with II as the identifier. |
| 644 | DeclarationName getCXXLiteralOperatorName(IdentifierInfo *II); |
| 645 | }; |
| 646 | |
| 647 | /// DeclarationNameLoc - Additional source/type location info |
| 648 | /// for a declaration name. Needs a DeclarationName in order |
| 649 | /// to be interpreted correctly. |
| 650 | struct DeclarationNameLoc { |
| 651 | // The source location for identifier stored elsewhere. |
| 652 | // struct {} Identifier; |
| 653 | |
| 654 | // Type info for constructors, destructors and conversion functions. |
| 655 | // Locations (if any) for the tilde (destructor) or operator keyword |
| 656 | // (conversion) are stored elsewhere. |
| 657 | struct NT { |
| 658 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
| 659 | }; |
| 660 | |
| 661 | // The location (if any) of the operator keyword is stored elsewhere. |
| 662 | struct CXXOpName { |
| 663 | unsigned BeginOpNameLoc; |
| 664 | unsigned EndOpNameLoc; |
| 665 | }; |
| 666 | |
| 667 | // The location (if any) of the operator keyword is stored elsewhere. |
| 668 | struct CXXLitOpName { |
| 669 | unsigned OpNameLoc; |
| 670 | }; |
| 671 | |
| 672 | // struct {} CXXUsingDirective; |
| 673 | // struct {} ObjCZeroArgSelector; |
| 674 | // struct {} ObjCOneArgSelector; |
| 675 | // struct {} ObjCMultiArgSelector; |
| 676 | union { |
| 677 | struct NT NamedType; |
| 678 | struct CXXOpName CXXOperatorName; |
| 679 | struct CXXLitOpName CXXLiteralOperatorName; |
| 680 | }; |
| 681 | |
| 682 | DeclarationNameLoc(DeclarationName Name); |
| 683 | |
| 684 | // FIXME: this should go away once all DNLocs are properly initialized. |
| 685 | DeclarationNameLoc() { memset((void*) this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } |
| 686 | }; |
| 687 | |
| 688 | /// DeclarationNameInfo - A collector data type for bundling together |
| 689 | /// a DeclarationName and the correspnding source/type location info. |
| 690 | struct DeclarationNameInfo { |
| 691 | private: |
| 692 | /// Name - The declaration name, also encoding name kind. |
| 693 | DeclarationName Name; |
| 694 | |
| 695 | /// Loc - The main source location for the declaration name. |
| 696 | SourceLocation NameLoc; |
| 697 | |
| 698 | /// Info - Further source/type location info for special kinds of names. |
| 699 | DeclarationNameLoc LocInfo; |
| 700 | |
| 701 | public: |
| 702 | // FIXME: remove it. |
| 703 | DeclarationNameInfo() = default; |
| 704 | |
| 705 | DeclarationNameInfo(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc) |
| 706 | : Name(Name), NameLoc(NameLoc), LocInfo(Name) {} |
| 707 | |
| 708 | DeclarationNameInfo(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 709 | DeclarationNameLoc LocInfo) |
| 710 | : Name(Name), NameLoc(NameLoc), LocInfo(LocInfo) {} |
| 711 | |
| 712 | /// getName - Returns the embedded declaration name. |
| 713 | DeclarationName getName() const { return Name; } |
| 714 | |
| 715 | /// setName - Sets the embedded declaration name. |
| 716 | void setName(DeclarationName N) { Name = N; } |
| 717 | |
| 718 | /// getLoc - Returns the main location of the declaration name. |
| 719 | SourceLocation getLoc() const { return NameLoc; } |
| 720 | |
| 721 | /// setLoc - Sets the main location of the declaration name. |
| 722 | void setLoc(SourceLocation L) { NameLoc = L; } |
| 723 | |
| 724 | const DeclarationNameLoc &getInfo() const { return LocInfo; } |
| 725 | DeclarationNameLoc &getInfo() { return LocInfo; } |
| 726 | void setInfo(const DeclarationNameLoc &Info) { LocInfo = Info; } |
| 727 | |
| 728 | /// getNamedTypeInfo - Returns the source type info associated to |
| 729 | /// the name. Assumes it is a constructor, destructor or conversion. |
| 730 | TypeSourceInfo *getNamedTypeInfo() const { |
| 731 | if (Name.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName && |
| 732 | Name.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName && |
| 733 | Name.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) |
| 734 | return nullptr; |
| 735 | return LocInfo.NamedType.TInfo; |
| 736 | } |
| 737 | |
| 738 | /// setNamedTypeInfo - Sets the source type info associated to |
| 739 | /// the name. Assumes it is a constructor, destructor or conversion. |
| 740 | void setNamedTypeInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { |
| 741 | assert(Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName || Name .getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName || Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 743, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 742 | Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName ||((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName || Name .getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName || Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 743, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 743 | Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName || Name .getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName || Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 743, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 744 | LocInfo.NamedType.TInfo = TInfo; |
| 745 | } |
| 746 | |
| 747 | /// getCXXOperatorNameRange - Gets the range of the operator name |
| 748 | /// (without the operator keyword). Assumes it is a (non-literal) operator. |
| 749 | SourceRange getCXXOperatorNameRange() const { |
| 750 | if (Name.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName) |
| 751 | return SourceRange(); |
| 752 | return SourceRange( |
| 753 | SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(LocInfo.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc), |
| 754 | SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(LocInfo.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc) |
| 755 | ); |
| 756 | } |
| 757 | |
| 758 | /// setCXXOperatorNameRange - Sets the range of the operator name |
| 759 | /// (without the operator keyword). Assumes it is a C++ operator. |
| 760 | void setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange R) { |
| 761 | assert(Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName)((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 761, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 762 | LocInfo.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = R.getBegin().getRawEncoding(); |
| 763 | LocInfo.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = R.getEnd().getRawEncoding(); |
| 764 | } |
| 765 | |
| 766 | /// getCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc - Returns the location of the literal |
| 767 | /// operator name (not the operator keyword). |
| 768 | /// Assumes it is a literal operator. |
| 769 | SourceLocation getCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc() const { |
| 770 | if (Name.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName) |
| 771 | return SourceLocation(); |
| 772 | return SourceLocation:: |
| 773 | getFromRawEncoding(LocInfo.CXXLiteralOperatorName.OpNameLoc); |
| 774 | } |
| 775 | |
| 776 | /// setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc - Sets the location of the literal |
| 777 | /// operator name (not the operator keyword). |
| 778 | /// Assumes it is a literal operator. |
| 779 | void setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(SourceLocation Loc) { |
| 780 | assert(Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName)((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-11~++20200309111110+2c36c23f347/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" , 780, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 781 | LocInfo.CXXLiteralOperatorName.OpNameLoc = Loc.getRawEncoding(); |
| 782 | } |
| 783 | |
| 784 | /// Determine whether this name involves a template parameter. |
| 785 | bool isInstantiationDependent() const; |
| 786 | |
| 787 | /// Determine whether this name contains an unexpanded |
| 788 | /// parameter pack. |
| 789 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const; |
| 790 | |
| 791 | /// getAsString - Retrieve the human-readable string for this name. |
| 792 | std::string getAsString() const; |
| 793 | |
| 794 | /// printName - Print the human-readable name to a stream. |
| 795 | void printName(raw_ostream &OS, PrintingPolicy Policy) const; |
| 796 | |
| 797 | /// getBeginLoc - Retrieve the location of the first token. |
| 798 | SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const { return NameLoc; } |
| 799 | |
| 800 | /// getSourceRange - The range of the declaration name. |
| 801 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 802 | return SourceRange(getBeginLoc(), getEndLoc()); |
| 803 | } |
| 804 | |
| 805 | SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
| 806 | SourceLocation EndLoc = getEndLocPrivate(); |
| 807 | return EndLoc.isValid() ? EndLoc : getBeginLoc(); |
| 808 | } |
| 809 | |
| 810 | private: |
| 811 | SourceLocation getEndLocPrivate() const; |
| 812 | }; |
| 813 | |
| 814 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending DeclarationName's |
| 815 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
| 816 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
| 817 | DeclarationName N) { |
| 818 | DB.AddTaggedVal(N.getAsOpaqueInteger(), |
| 819 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_declarationname); |
| 820 | return DB; |
| 821 | } |
| 822 | |
| 823 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows binding |
| 824 | /// DeclarationName's into a partial diagnostic with <<. |
| 825 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
| 826 | DeclarationName N) { |
| 827 | PD.AddTaggedVal(N.getAsOpaqueInteger(), |
| 828 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_declarationname); |
| 829 | return PD; |
| 830 | } |
| 831 | |
| 832 | raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, DeclarationNameInfo DNInfo); |
| 833 | |
| 834 | } // namespace clang |
| 835 | |
| 836 | namespace llvm { |
| 837 | |
| 838 | /// Define DenseMapInfo so that DeclarationNames can be used as keys |
| 839 | /// in DenseMap and DenseSets. |
| 840 | template<> |
| 841 | struct DenseMapInfo<clang::DeclarationName> { |
| 842 | static inline clang::DeclarationName getEmptyKey() { |
| 843 | return clang::DeclarationName::getEmptyMarker(); |
| 844 | } |
| 845 | |
| 846 | static inline clang::DeclarationName getTombstoneKey() { |
| 847 | return clang::DeclarationName::getTombstoneMarker(); |
| 848 | } |
| 849 | |
| 850 | static unsigned getHashValue(clang::DeclarationName Name) { |
| 851 | return DenseMapInfo<void*>::getHashValue(Name.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 852 | } |
| 853 | |
| 854 | static inline bool |
| 855 | isEqual(clang::DeclarationName LHS, clang::DeclarationName RHS) { |
| 856 | return LHS == RHS; |
| 857 | } |
| 858 | }; |
| 859 | |
| 860 | } // namespace llvm |
| 861 | |
| 862 | // The definition of AssumedTemplateStorage is factored out of TemplateName to |
| 863 | // resolve a cyclic dependency between it and DeclarationName (via Type). |
| 864 | namespace clang { |
| 865 | |
| 866 | /// A structure for storing the information associated with a name that has |
| 867 | /// been assumed to be a template name (despite finding no TemplateDecls). |
| 868 | class AssumedTemplateStorage : public UncommonTemplateNameStorage { |
| 869 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 870 | |
| 871 | AssumedTemplateStorage(DeclarationName Name) |
| 872 | : UncommonTemplateNameStorage(Assumed, 0), Name(Name) {} |
| 873 | DeclarationName Name; |
| 874 | |
| 875 | public: |
| 876 | /// Get the name of the template. |
| 877 | DeclarationName getDeclName() const { return Name; } |
| 878 | }; |
| 879 | |
| 880 | } // namespace clang |
| 881 | |
| 882 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLARATIONNAME_H |